VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER

HEATER & AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION HAC B

E
CONTENTS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING A/C Auto Amp. .........................................................20 F
Ambient Sensor .......................................................20
PRECAUTION ............................................... 6 In-vehicle Sensor .....................................................20
Sunload Sensor .......................................................21 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................21
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- SYSTEM ............................................................ 22
SIONER" ................................................................... 6 H
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 6 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ...........22
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 8 System Description ..................................................22 HAC
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 8 Temperature Control ...............................................23
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............. 8 J
Outlet Control ..........................................................24
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air
Component Parts Location ........................................ 8
Flow Control ............................................................24
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 10 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air K
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Inlet Control .............................................................25
Parts Location ......................................................... 10 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
Compressor Control ................................................25 L
STOP/START SYSTEM ............................................. 13 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Door Control ............................................................26
tion .......................................................................... 14 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
Cooling Fan Control .................................................31 M
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................... 15
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator ........................... 15
Door Motor Starting Position Reset Control ............32
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor ................... 15 N
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Driver
Circuit Diagram ........................................................32
Side) ........................................................................ 15
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM :
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Pas-
Fail-safe ...................................................................38 O
senger Side) ............................................................ 16
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor ............. 16 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ..........................38
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor ............. 17 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor .................... 18 scription ...................................................................39 P
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor .............. 18 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Dia-
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater ...................... 18 gram ........................................................................40
COMPRESSOR ......................................................... 19 STOP/START SYSTEM .............................................40
COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch ............................ 19 STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description ........41
COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve).... 19 STOP/START SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ..............43
A/C Control .............................................................. 20

Revision: 2014 September HAC-1 T32

OPERATION ...................................................... 45 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82
Switch Name and Function ..................................... 45
B24A1 A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY ...... 83
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.) ......... 49 DTC Description ...................................................... 83
Description .............................................................. 49 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
CONSULT Function ................................................ 49
B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR ................................. 84
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C CONTROL) ........... 52 DTC Description ...................................................... 84
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 52 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84
Component Inspection ............................................ 87
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 53
B24A6 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR .......................... 89
COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 53 DTC Description ...................................................... 89
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89
COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 53 Component Inspection ............................................ 91
AIR CONDITIONER .................................................. 54 B24A9 SUNLOAD SENSOR ............................. 92
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - DTC Description ...................................................... 92
AIR CONDITIONER) .............................................. 54 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 55 B24B4 A/C CONTROL ...................................... 95
DTC Description ...................................................... 95
A/C AUTO AMP. ................................................ 55
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
Reference Value ..................................................... 55
Fail-safe .................................................................. 59 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ....................... 96
DTC Index .............................................................. 60 DTC Description ...................................................... 96
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R ....................................... 61
Component Inspection ............................................ 98
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 61
B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR .......................... 99
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 62 DTC Description ...................................................... 99
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ... 62 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 62 Component Inspection .......................................... 101

BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 72 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ............ 102
DTC Description .................................................... 102
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
Work Flow ............................................................... 72 Component Inspection .......................................... 104

OPERATION INSPECTION ............................... 75 B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ......... 105
Work Procedure ...................................................... 75 DTC Description .................................................... 105
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
SYSTEM SETTING ............................................ 77 Component Inspection .......................................... 107
Temperature Setting Trimmer ................................ 77
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) ......................... 77 B24D4 A/C CONTROL COMMUNICATION ..... 108
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) .......................... 78 DTC Description .................................................... 108
Setting of Target Evaporator Temperature Upper Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
Limit Value .............................................................. 78
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 110
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RE-
A/C AUTO AMP. ...................................................... 110
SET .................................................................... 80 A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 110
Description .............................................................. 80
Work Procedure ...................................................... 80 A/C CONTROL ........................................................ 110
A/C CONTROL : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 110
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 81
BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 112
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 81 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112
DTC Description ..................................................... 81 Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ................. 115
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 81 Component Inspection (Blower Relay) ................. 116
B24A0 A/C AUTO AMP. .................................... 82 MAGNET CLUTCH ........................................... 117
DTC Description ..................................................... 82 Component Function Check ................................. 117

Revision: 2014 September HAC-2 T32

 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117 Exploded View ....................................................... 141
A
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE) ......... 119 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Component Inspection .......................................... 120 tion ......................................................................... 143
B
PTC HEATER ................................................... 121 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 144
Component Function Check .................................. 121 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121 tion ......................................................................... 145 C
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) ..................... 122
MODE DOOR MOTOR ............................................. 145
Component Inspection (PTC Heater) .................... 123
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.. 145
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 124 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING D

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM .. 124 PRECAUTION ............................................ 147

Symptom Table ..................................................... 124 E
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 147
INSUFFICIENT COOLING ............................... 126 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Description ............................................................ 126 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 126 SIONER" ............................................................... 147 F
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal .......... 147
INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................ 128
Description ............................................................ 128 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 149 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 128
COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 149
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE .......... 130
Description ............................................................ 130 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............... 149 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location ............................................ 149
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 131 HAC
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 150
A/C CONTROL ................................................. 131 PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Exploded View ...................................................... 131 Parts Location ........................................................ 151
Removal and Installation ....................................... 131 J
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY ............................................. 154
A/C AUTO AMP. ............................................... 132 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor .................. 154
Removal and Installation ....................................... 132 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor .......... 154
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor ............ 154 K
AMBIENT SENSOR ......................................... 133 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor ........... 155
Removal and Installation ....................................... 133 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor ................... 156
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Fan Control Amp. ............ 156 L
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR ..................................... 134 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor ............. 156
Removal and Installation ....................................... 134 A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater ..................... 156
SUNLOAD SENSOR ........................................ 135 COMPRESSOR ........................................................ 157 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 135 COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch .......................... 157
COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve).. 157
INTAKE SENSOR ............................................ 136 A/C Control (A/C Amp.) ......................................... 157 N
Exploded View ...................................................... 136 Ambient Sensor ..................................................... 158
Removal and Installation ....................................... 136 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 158
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 137 SYSTEM .......................................................... 159 O
Exploded View ...................................................... 137
Removal and Installation ....................................... 137 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............... 159
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Sys- P
PTC HEATER ................................................... 138 tem Description ...................................................... 159
Removal and Installation ....................................... 138 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air In-
let Control .............................................................. 160
POWER TRANSISTOR .................................... 139
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Com-
Exploded View ...................................................... 139
pressor Control ...................................................... 160
Removal and Installation ....................................... 139
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door
DOOR MOTOR ................................................. 141 Control ................................................................... 161

Revision: 2014 September HAC-3 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Cool- U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 204
ing Fan Control ......................................................166 DTC Description .................................................... 204
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 204
Motor Starting Position Reset Control ...................167
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Circuit U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 205
Diagram .................................................................167 DTC Description .................................................... 205
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM ........................173
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System De- B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR ................................ 206
scription .................................................................174 DTC Description .................................................... 206
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Dia- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 206
gram ......................................................................175 Component Inspection .......................................... 209

OPERATION .................................................... 176 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ...................... 211

Switch Name and Function ....................................176 DTC Description .................................................... 211
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AMP.) .................. 178 Component Inspection .......................................... 213
Description .............................................................178
CONSULT Function ...............................................178 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR ......................... 214
DTC Description .................................................... 214
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
Component Inspection .......................................... 216
COMMON ITEM .......................................................180
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ............ 217
COMMON ITEM) ...................................................180 DTC Description .................................................... 217
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
AIR CONDITIONER .................................................181
Component Inspection .......................................... 219
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM -
AIR CONDITIONER) .............................................181 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 220
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 182 A/C AMP. ................................................................. 220
A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure .......................... 220
A/C AMP. ......................................................... 182
Reference Value ....................................................182 BLOWER MOTOR ............................................ 221
DTC Index .............................................................185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) ................. 226
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R ..................................... 186 Component Inspection (Blower Relay) ................. 227
List of ECU Reference ...........................................186
Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.) .......... 227
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 187 MAGNET CLUTCH ........................................... 228
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM ......... 187 Component Function Check ................................. 228
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
Wiring Diagram ......................................................187
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE) ......... 230
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 197
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 197 Component Inspection .......................................... 231
Work Flow ..............................................................197
PTC HEATER ................................................... 232
OPERATION INSPECTION ............................. 200 Component Function Check ................................. 232
Work Procedure .....................................................200 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) ..................... 233
SYSTEM SETTING .......................................... 202 Component Inspection (PTC Heater) .................... 234
Setting of Target Evaporator Temperature Upper
Limit Value .............................................................202 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 235
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RE- MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ........ 235
SET .................................................................. 203 Symptom Table ..................................................... 235
Description .............................................................203
INSUFFICIENT COOLING ................................ 237
Work Procedure .....................................................203
Description ............................................................ 237
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 204 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237

Revision: 2014 September HAC-4 T32

INSUFFICIENT HEATING ................................ 238 PTC HEATER .................................................. 244
Description ............................................................ 238 Removal and Installation ....................................... 244 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238
POWER TRANSISTOR ................................... 245
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE .......... 239 Removal and Installation ....................................... 245
B
Description ............................................................ 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239 FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER .......................... 246
Exploded View ....................................................... 246
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 240 Removal and Installation ....................................... 246 C

A/C CONTROL (A/C AMP.) ............................. 240 DOOR MOTOR ................................................ 247
Exploded View ...................................................... 240 Exploded View ....................................................... 247
D
Removal and Installation ....................................... 240
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 249
AMBIENT SENSOR ......................................... 241 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Removal and Installation ....................................... 241 tion ......................................................................... 249 E
INTAKE SENSOR ............................................ 242 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR .......................................... 250
Exploded View ...................................................... 242 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
Removal and Installation ....................................... 242 tion ......................................................................... 251 F

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 243 MODE DOOR MOTOR ............................................. 251
Exploded View ...................................................... 243 MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.. 251
G
Removal and Installation ....................................... 243

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-5 T32

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010623448

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011490874

• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to instruction described below.
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Turn ignition switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
4. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-6 T32

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
5. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time. A

D4D engine : 20 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes B
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes C
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of D
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
E
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-7 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010623153

JMIIA3932ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-8 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Left side of A/C unit assembly (ex- Left side of A/C unit assembly (For Right side of A/C unit assembly (ex- A
cept for China) China) cept for China)
Right side of A/C unit assembly (For
China)
B

No. Component Function

Magnet clutch HAC-19, "COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch" C
Compressor ECV (electrical control
HAC-19, "COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve)"
valve)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Except R9M en- D
HAC-21, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
gine models)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (R9M engine mod-
HAC-21, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
els) E
Ambient sensor HAC-20, "Ambient Sensor"
ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from BCM,
transmits A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communi- F
cation according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure.
ECM transmits engine coolant temperature signal and refrigerant pressure
ECM sensor signal to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-27, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- G
tion" (MR engine models) or EC-439, "Component Parts Location" (QR
engine models) or EC-821, "Component Parts Location" (R9M engine
models) for detailed installation location.
H
A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when
receiving A/C compressor request signal from ECM via CAN communica-
tion line.
IPDM E/R IPDM E/R controls ECV compressor when receiving ECV control signal HAC
from A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
J
Sunload sensor HAC-21, "Sunload Sensor"

In-vehicle sensor HAC-20, "In-vehicle Sensor"

Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal and vehicle K
Combination meter
speed signal to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line.
A/C control HAC-20, "A/C Control"
L
*1 HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor"
Power transistor

Intake sensor*1 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor"

M
Air mix door motor (Passenger side)*1 HAC-16, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Passenger Side)"

Aspirator*1 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator"

Intake door motor*1 HAC-17, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor" N
Intake door motor*2 HAC-17, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor"

Intake sensor*2 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor" O

*2 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Driver Side)"
Air mix door motor (Driver side)

Aspirator*2 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator"

P
Power transistor*2 HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor"

Blower motor*1 HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

Mode door motor*1 HAC-16, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor"

Air mix door motor (Driver side)*1 HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Driver Side)"

A/C auto amp.*1 HAC-20, "A/C Auto Amp."

Revision: 2014 September HAC-9 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
No. Component Function

Air mix door motor (Passenger side)*2 HAC-16, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Passenger Side)"

A/C auto amp.*2 HAC-20, "A/C Auto Amp."

Mode door motor*2 HAC-16, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor"

Blower motor*2 HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

• *1: Except for China

• *2: For China
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011420019

RHD MODELS

Revision: 2014 September HAC-10 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

N
JMIIA3795ZZ

Right side of A/C unit assembly O

No. Component Function

P
Ambient sensor HAC-20, "Ambient Sensor"

PTC relay-1/2/3 PTC relay is controlled by BCM, and supplies power supply to PTC heater.
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal,
cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
ECM BCM via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-821, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-11 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
No. Component Function
BCM receives each signals, and controls PTC relay.
BCM transmits idle up signal to ECM according to electrical load condition.
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
for detailed installation location.
Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal to BCM via CAN
Combination meter
communication line.
PTC heater HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater"

Blower motor HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

LHD MODELS

JMIIA3679ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-12 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Right side of A/C unit assembly A

No. Component Function

B
Ambient sensor HAC-20, "Ambient Sensor"

PTC relay-1/2/3 PTC relay is controlled by BCM, and supplies power supply to PTC heater.
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal, C
cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
ECM BCM via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-821, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion. D
Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal to BCM via CAN
Combination meter
communication line.
BCM receives each signals, and controls PTC relay.
E
BCM transmits idle up signal to ECM according to electrical load condition.
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
for detailed installation location.
F
PTC heater HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater"

Blower motor HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

G
STOP/START SYSTEM

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-13 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
STOP/START SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011420020

JMIIA3680ZZ

Left side of A/C unit assembly Right side of A/C unit assembly

Revision: 2014 September HAC-14 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

No. Component Function A

Ambient sensor Refer to HAC-20, "Ambient Sensor".
ECM transmits engine coolant temperature signal and stop/start status sig-
nal to A/C auto amp. via CAN communication line. B
ECM receives stop/start permit signal from A/C auto amp. via CAN commu-
ECM
nication line.
Refer to EC-821, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion. C

Sunload sensor HAC-21, "Sunload Sensor"

In-vehicle sensor HAC-20, "In-vehicle Sensor" D

Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal to A/C auto amp.
Combination meter
via CAN communication line.
A/C control HAC-20, "A/C Control" E

Power transistor HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor"

Intake sensor HAC-15, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor" F

Intake door motor HAC-17, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor"

A/C auto amp. HAC-20, "A/C Auto Amp."

G
Blower motor HAC-18, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY H

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Aspirator INFOID:0000000010623156

The aspirator generates the vacuum by the air blown from the A/C HAC
unit assembly and draws the air of the passenger room to the in-
vehicle sensor area via the aspirator duct.
J

RJIA1804E L
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor INFOID:0000000010623157

Intake sensor measures evaporator temperature (through air tem- M

perature). The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases. N

JMIIA3561GB P

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Driver Side) INFOID:0000000010623158

DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for air mix door motor (driver side).
• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-15 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (driver side) by link and lever,
then air flow temperature (driver side) is switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (driver side), then air flow temperature
(driver side) is switched.
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER SIDE) DRIVE METHOD
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.

JMIIA3562GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor (Passenger Side) INFOID:0000000010623159

DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for air mix door motor (passenger side).
• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position.
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (passenger side) by link and
lever, then air flow temperature (passenger side) is switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door (passenger side), then air flow temper-
ature (passenger side) is switched.
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER SIDE) DRIVE METHOD
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.

JMIIA3563GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor INFOID:0000000010623160

DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for mode door motor.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-16 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position. A
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator and defroster
door, sub defroster door, side ventilator door, and foot door) by link, rod, and lever, then air outlet is switched.
• For models for China models, rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator door, side ven-
B
tilator door, rear ventilator door, foot door and defroster door) by link, rod and lever, then air outlet is
switched.
MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE METHOD C
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.
D

H
JMIIA3564GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor INFOID:0000000010623161

HAC
DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for intake door motor.
• When a drive signal is input from A/C auto amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates J
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position.
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door by lever, then air inlet is
switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door, then air inlet is switched. K

INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE METHOD

• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor. L
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.

JMIIA3565GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-17 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000010623162

• Brush motor, that rotates coil while brush functions as contact

points, is adopted for blower motor.
• Rotation speed changes according to voltage from power transis-
tor.

JMIIA0793GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor INFOID:0000000010623163

• Power transistor, that uses MOS field effect transistor, is adopted for blower motor speed control.
NOTE:
MOS field effect transistor is a transistor for which the gate portion is composed of a metal electrode on an
oxide layer of semiconductor. Field effect transistor is controlled by voltage, while ordinary transistor is con-
trolled by current. Electrode of field effect transistor is called source, drain, or gate, while electrode of ordi-
nary transistor is called emitter, collector, or base.
- Models except for China

JMIIA3335ZZ

- Models for China

JMIIA3629ZZ

• Power transistor continuously controls voltage to blower motor, according to gate voltage from A/C auto
amp.
• This power transistor does not require a HI relay even when the maximum voltage is applied to blower motor
at HI status, because voltage drop is nominal.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater INFOID:0000000011420021

• PTC heater is installed on right lower side of A/C unit assembly.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-18 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• Heat element is heated and air flow temperature is increased by
power supply from PTC relay. A

JMIIA2397ZZ

COMPRESSOR D

COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000010623165

E
DESCRIPTION
Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION F
• Magnet clutch consists of pulley, clutch disc, and field coil.
- Pulley is connected with crankshaft pulley of engine via drive belt
and is always rotated while engine is running. G
- Clutch disc is connected with drive shaft of compressor.
- Field coil, which becomes a strong electric magnet when electricity
is supplied, strongly pulls clutch disc and presses it to pulley.
H
• When A/C relay integrated in IPDM E/R turns ON, electricity is
supplied to field coil, clutch disc is presses to pulley, and engine
rotational movement is transmitted from crankshaft pulley ⇒ drive
belt ⇒ pulley ⇒ clutch disc ⇒ drive shaft. Compressor is operated. HAC
When A/C relay turns OFF, electricity is not supplied to field coil,
JMIIA1767GB
and clutch disc is released from pulley. Compressor is not oper-
ated. J
COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve) INFOID:0000000010623166

• ECV (Electrical Control Valve) is integrated in the compressor. K

IPDM E/R receives the ECV control signal from A/C auto amp. via
CAN communication, and ECV is controlled according to the con-
trol signal transmitted from IPDM E/R.
• ECV is controlled according to the control signal transmitted from L
IPDM E/R.
The control signal transmitted by IPDM E/R is controlled according
to the ECV control signal transmitted from A/C auto amp. via CAN M
communication.
• ECV varies the air pressure balance in the left and right air spaces
that are divided by the cam plate in order to change the angle of
the cam plate inside the compressor.
JMIIA3566GB N
By changing the cam plate angle, it changes the piston stroke and controls the refrigerant discharge amount.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-19 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
A/C Control INFOID:0000000010623167

A/C control has switches and display that can set and indicate the
operation of automatic air conditioning system. A/C control transmits
setting status to A/C auto amp. via LIN communication line. A/C auto
amp. controls automatic air conditioning system.

JMIIA3334ZZ

A/C Auto Amp. INFOID:0000000010623168

A/C auto amp. controls automatic air conditioning system by input-

ting and calculating signals from each sensor and each switch. A/C
auto amp. has self-diagnosis function. Diagnosis of automatic air
conditioning system can be performed quickly.

JMIIA3333ZZ

Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000010623169

Ambient sensor measures ambient air temperature. The sensor

uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.

JMIIA1719GB

In-vehicle Sensor INFOID:0000000010623170

In-vehicle sensor measures temperature of intake air that flows

through aspirator to passenger room. The sensor uses a thermistor
which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resis-
tance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.

JMIIA1720GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-20 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Sunload Sensor INFOID:0000000010623171

A
Sunload sensor measures sunload amount. This sensor converts
sunload amount to voltage signal by photodiode and transmits it to
A/C auto amp. B
NOTE:
The value of right figure is example.

D
JMIIA1956GB

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010623172

E
DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM. F
• ECM operates cooler cycle protection and cooling fan speed control according to voltage value that is input.

HAC
PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION

J
• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection area and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force. K
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.
L

Revision: 2014 September HAC-21 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010623173

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMIIA3567GB

DESCRIPTION
• Automatic air conditioning system is controlled by each function of A/C auto amp., ECM and IPDM E/R.
• Each operation of air conditioning system can be controlled by A/C control.
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP.
• HAC-23, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Temperature Control"
• HAC-24, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Outlet Control"
• HAC-24, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Flow Control"
• HAC-25, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control"
• HAC-25, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
• HAC-26, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control"
• HAC-31, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Cooling Fan Control"
• HAC-32, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Motor Starting Position Reset Control"

Revision: 2014 September HAC-22 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• Correction for input value
A
Ambient temperature correction
- A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected by ambient sensor as the ambient temperature.
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction of the temperature detected by ambient sensor for air conditioning
control. B
- A/C auto amp. selects and uses the initial value of ambient temperature data depending on the engine cool-
ant temperature when turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON. The detection temperature of the ambient
sensor is used when engine coolant temperature is low [less than approximately 56°C (133°F)]. The mem- C
ory data (before the ignition switch is OFF) when the engine is warmed up [approximately 56°C (133°F) or
more].
- The correction of the ambient temperature is not performed when the detection temperature of the ambient
temperature is less than approximately −20°C (–4°F). D

In-vehicle temperature correction

- A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected by in-vehicle sensor as the in-vehicle temperature.
E
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction of the temperature detected by in-vehicle sensor for air conditioning
control.
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition passenger room temperature changes
depending on the difference between the detected passenger room temperature and the recognition pas- F
senger room temperature. If the difference is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as
the difference becomes small.
Intake temperature correction G
- A/C auto amp. inputs the temperature detected by intake sensor as the intake temperature (evaporator tem-
perature).
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction of the temperature detected by intake sensor for air conditioning con- H
trol.
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction so that the recognition intake temperature changes depending on the
difference between the detected intake temperature and the recognition intake temperature. If the difference
is large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as the difference becomes small. HAC

Sunload amount correction

- A/C auto amp. inputs the sunload amount detected by sunload sensor.
J
- A/C auto amp. performs the correction of the sunload amount detected by sunload sensor for air condition-
ing control.
- When the sunload amount suddenly changes, for example when entering a tunnel, perform the correction so
that the recognition sunload amount of the A/C auto amp. changes slowly. K

Set temperature correction

- A/C auto amp. performs the correction to the target temperature set by the temperature control switch so as
to match the temperature felt by the passengers depending on the ambient temperature detected by ambi- L
ent sensor and controls it so that the in-vehicle temperature is always the most suitable.
CONTROL BY ECM
M
HAC-25, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY IPDM E/R
HAC-25, "AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control" N
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Temperature Control INFOID:0000000010623174

• When ignition switch is in the ON position, A/C auto amp. always O

automatically controls temperature regardless of air conditioner
operational state.
• A/C auto amp. calculates the target air mix door opening angle
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, ambient P
temperature, and sunload.
• Air mix door is controlled depending on the comparison of current
air mix door opening angle and target air mix door opening angle.
• Regardless of in-vehicle temperature, ambient temperature, and
sunload, air mix door is fixed at the fully cold position when set
temperature is 18.0°C, and at the fully hot position when set tem-
JPIIA0633GB
perature is 32.0°C.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-23 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Outlet Control INFOID:0000000010623175

• While air outlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects the
mode door position depending on a target air mix door angle and
outlet air temperature calculated from sunload.
• If ambient temperature is excessively low, D/F is selected to pre-
vent windshield fogging when air outlet is set to FOOT.

JMIIA0710GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Flow Control INFOID:0000000010623176

DESCRIPTION
• A/C auto amp. changes gate voltage of power transistor and controls air flow continuously. When air flow is
increased, voltage of blower motor gradually increases to prevent a sudden increase in air flow.
• In addition to manual control and automatic control, air flow control is compose of starting fan speed control,
low coolant temperature starting control, high in-vehicle temperature starting control, and blower speed con-
trol at door motor operation.
AUTOMATIC AIR FLOW CONTROL
• A/C auto amp. decides target air flow depending on target air mix door opening angle.
• A/C auto amp. changes voltage of blower motor and controls air flow continuously so that air flow matches to
target air flow.
• When air outlet is VENT or B/L, the minimum air flow is changed
depending on sunload.

JMIIA1129GB

STARTING FAN SPEED CONTROL

When blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. gradually increases voltage of blower motor to prevent a sud-
den increase in discharge air flow. (T1 – T2 = approximately 7 seconds)
NOTE:
Do not perform the starting air flow control when the discharge outlet
is set to DEF.

JMIIA1130GB

LOW COOLANT TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL

Revision: 2014 September HAC-24 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
If the engine coolant temperature is 56°C (133°F) or less, to prevent
a cold discharged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor A
activation for the maximum 150 seconds depending on target air mix
door opening angle. After this, voltage of blower motor is increased
gradually, and blower motor is activated.
B

JMIIA1227GB

D
HIGH IN-VEHICLE TEMPERATURE STARTING CONTROL
When evaporator temperature is high [intake sensor value is 35°C (95°F) or more], to prevent a hot dis-
charged air flow, A/C auto amp. suspends blower motor activation for approximately 3 seconds so that evapo-
rator is cooled by refrigerant. E

FAN SPEED CONTROL AT DOOR MOTOR OPERATION

When mode door motor is activated while air flow is more than the specified value, A/C auto amp. reduces
temporarily fan speed so that mode door moves smoothly. F

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control INFOID:0000000010623177

G
• A/C auto amp. controls intake door motor, and change air inlet.
• While air inlet is in automatic control, A/C auto amp. selects air
inlet (fresh air intake, 20% fresh air intake, or recirculation)
depending on set temperature, in-vehicle temperature, and ambi- H
ent temperature.
NOTE:
• When air inlet is set to recirculation by manual control, the air inlet HAC
may be automatically changed to fresh air intake depending on
vehicle condition (example: when ambient temperature and engine
coolant temperature are low).
• Air inlet may not be changed to recirculation by REC switch J
depending on vehicle condition.
JMIIA0711GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control INFOID:0000000010623178 K

DESCRIPTION
• When the compressor activation condition is satisfied while blower motor is activated, A/C auto amp. trans- L
mits A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM.
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
M
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor. Refer to PCS-8, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
CONTROL BY A/C AUTO AMP. N
Low Temperature Protection Control
When intake sensor detects that evaporator fin temperature is [−
5.0°C (23.0°F)] or less, A/C auto amp. requests ECM to turn the O
compressor OFF, and stops the compressor.
When the air temperature returns to [1.0°C (33.8°F)] or more, the
compressor is activated.
P

JMIIA2550GB

Refrigerant Discharge Amount Control

Revision: 2014 September HAC-25 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• A/C auto amp. transmits the ECV control signal via CAN communication. IPDM E/R transmits the control sig-
nal to ECV according to the received ECV control signal.
• ECV is controlled according to change in the duty ratio of the transmitted control signal.
• Except when temperature setting is full cold or outlet is DEF, A/C auto amp. controls the refrigerant dis-
charge amount according to the required cooling capacity.
• A/C auto amp. increases the refrigerant discharge amount when evaporator temperature is higher than the
target temperature upper limit, and reduces the refrigerant discharge amount when evaporator temperature
is at or below the target temperature upper limit.
NOTE:
Target temperature upper limit value of evaporator can be changed using “TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP
UPPER LIMIT SETTING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of CONSULT. Refer to HAC-78, "Setting of Target
Evaporator Temperature Upper Limit Value".
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
When the engine starts, A/C auto amp. activates the compressor for a few seconds and circulates the com-
pressor oil once.
CONTROL BY ECM
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
When the high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state,
ECM requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stops the compressor.
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less
Air Conditioning Cut Control
When the engine condition is high load, ECM transmit A/C relay OFF request to IPDM E/R, and stops the
compressor.
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control INFOID:0000000010623179

SWITCH AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION

Models Except for China

Revision: 2014 September HAC-26 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC
JMIIA3570ZZ

Intake door Blower motor Air conditioner filter

J
Evaporator Heater core PTC heater*
Air mix door (driver side/passenger Foot door Side ventilator door
side)
K
Sub defroster door Center ventilator and defroster door
Fresh air Recirculation air Discharge air

Defroster Center ventilator Side ventilator L

Rear ventilator Front foot Rear foot

*: R9M engine models M

NOTE:
The sub defroster door and side ventilator door include a permanent opening and does not fully close.
N

Revision: 2014 September HAC-27 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Door position
Mode door Air mix door

Center ventilator and defroster door

Side ventilator door

Sub defroster door

Passenger side
Intake door

Driver side
Switch/dial position

Foot door
AUTO switch AUTO

MODE switch —

— —

DEF switch

REC switch*

FRE switch*
Full cold
18.0°C
DUAL
Temperature control
switch: 18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO
dial (Driver side)
OFF
Full hot
32.0°C
Full cold
18.0°C — — — —
Temperature control
18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO —
dial (Driver side) —
Full hot
DUAL 32.0°C
switch:
ON Full cold
18.0°C
Temperature control
18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO
dial (Passenger side) —
Full hot
32.0°C
ON·OFF switch OFF —

*: Air inlet status is displayed by indicator during activating automatic control

Models for China

Revision: 2014 September HAC-28 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC
JMIIA3627ZZ

Intake door Blower motor Air conditioner filter

J
Evaporator Heater core Air mix door (driver side/passenger
side)
Foot door Rear ventilator door Side ventilator door
K
Center ventilator door Defroster door
Fresh air Recirculation air Discharge air

Defroster Center ventilator Side ventilator L

Rear ventilator Front foot Rear foot

Revision: 2014 September HAC-29 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Door position
Mode door Air mix door

Center ventilator door

Rear ventilator door

Side ventilator door

Passenger side
Intake door
Defroster door

Driver side
Switch/dial position

Foot door
AUTO switch AUTO

MODE switch —

— —

DEF switch

REC switch*

FRE switch*
Full cold
18.0°C
DUAL
Temperature control
switch: 18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO
dial (Driver side)
OFF
Full hot
32.0°C
Full cold
18.0°C — — — — —
Temperature control
18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO —
dial (Driver side) —
Full hot
DUAL 32.0°C
switch:
ON Full cold
18.0°C
Temperature control
dial (Passenger 18.5°C – 31.5°C AUTO
side) —
Full hot
32.0°C
ON·OFF switch OFF —

*: Air inlet status is displayed by indicator during activating automatic control

AIR DISTRIBUTION
Models Except for China

Discharge air flow

Air outlet/distribution
Ventilator Foot
MODE position
Front Defroster
Rear Front Rear
Center Side
47% 38% 15% — — —

25% 34% 13% 18% 10% —

— 7% 4% 38% 24% 27%

Revision: 2014 September HAC-30 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Discharge air flow
A
Air outlet/distribution
Ventilator Foot
MODE position
Front Defroster B
Rear Front Rear
Center Side
— 6% 2% 30% 17% 45%
C
— 8% 2% — — 90%

Models for China

D
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
Ventilator Foot
E
MODE position
Front Defroster
Rear Front Rear
Center Side
F
39% 40% 13% 2% 3% 3%

35% 30% 10% 12% 12% 1%

G
— 18% 2% 30% 24% 26%

— 14% — 20% 17% 49%

— 9% — 6% 85% H

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Cooling Fan Control INFOID:0000000010623180

HAC
DESCRIPTION
A/C auto amp. controls the cooling fan operation request according to the refrigerant pressure status and vehi-
cle speed status. J
NOTE:
For an overview of the cooling fan and information about control, refer to EC-56, "COOLING FAN CONTROL :
System Description" (MR engine models), EC-471, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" (QR
engine models) or EC-852, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" (R9M engine models). K

CONTROL OUTLINE
• A/C auto amp. receives the refrigerant pressure sensor signal from ECM via CAN communication, and the L
vehicle speed signal from the combination meter via CAN communication.
• A/C auto amp. sets one of the optionally determined stages according to the received refrigerant pressure
sensor signal and vehicle speed signal.
NOTE: M
For the rules that prescribe the predetermined stages, refer to the following figures.
• Vehicle speed stages
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)] N
- : 12 (7.5)
- : 20 (12)
- : 72 (45)
O
- : 80 (50)

JMIIA3568GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-31 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• Refrigerant pressure stages
Refrigerant pressure [MPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)]
- : 0.7 (7, 7.14, 102)
- : 1.0 (10, 10.2, 145)
- : 1.28 (12.8, 13.1, 186)
- : 1.58 (15.8, 16.1, 229)
- : 1.88 (18.8, 19.2, 273)
- : 2.08 (20.8, 21.2, 302)

JMIIA3569GB

• The requested cooling fan operation strength (0%, 40%, 100%) is determined as shown in the following
table according to the combination of these two stages, and the request signal is transmitted to ECM via
CAN communication.
Cooling fan operation strength
Unit: %
Refrigerant pressure stages
—
1 2 3 4
1 40 40 100 100
Vehicle speed stag-
2 40 40 100 100
es
3 0 0 0 100

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Motor Starting Position Reset

Control INFOID:0000000010623181

• Step motors are used for the mode door motor air mix door motor (driver side/passenger side), and intake
door motor.
• Because the step motors do not have position detection mechanisms, there may be a deviation between the
door position recognized by A/C auto amp. and the actual door position.
Therefore, A/C auto amp. performs motor zero position reset for aligning its recognized door position with
the actual door position.
• The reset signal is transmitted from A/C auto amp. to the air mix door motor (driver side/passenger side),
mode door motor, and intake door motor, which then perform zero position reset.
• After any of the following conditions is met, A/C auto amp. performs motor zero position reset when the igni-
tion switch is next turned ON.
- The battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected.
- The travel distance reaches 3,000 km (1846 mile). [Performed every 3,000 km (1846mile).]
• If A/C auto amp., air mix door motor (driver side, passenger side), mode door motor, or intake door motor is
removed, it is necessary to perform motor zero position reset using CONSULT.
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010623366

MODELS EXCEPT FOR CHINA

Revision: 2014 September HAC-32 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Except R9M Engine Models
A

HAC

JMIIA3617GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-33 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3936GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-34 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
R9M Engine Models
A

HAC

JMIIA3933GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-35 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3667GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-36 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
MODELS FOR CHINA
A

HAC

JMIIA3619GB
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-37 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3620GB

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010652374

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and A/C control for 30 seconds or longer, air con-
ditioning is controlled under the following conditions: A/C auto amp. is controlled in the setting state before the
communication error occurs for following setting.
• Set temperature
• Air outlet
• Blower fan speed
• Air inlet
• A/C switch
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
Revision: 2014 September HAC-38 T32
 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011420023

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMIIA3797GB F
DESCRIPTION
• BCM performs PTC relay ON/OFF control based on engine speed, engine coolant temperature, electrical
power cut freeze signal (permission signal, retention signal, stop signal), blower motor operation state sig- G
nal, front window defogger state signal, ambient temperature signal, battery voltage, and electrical load state
(high beam request, low beam request, and others).
• When PTC relay turns ON, power supply is supplied to PTC heater. Heating element is heated and air flow H
temperature is increased. Heating is available for a period of time until engine coolant temperature is
increased when engine starts cold in cold climate.
• Idle up request signal is transmitted from BCM to ECM while PTC heater operates. Idle speed is increased, HAC
warming-up is facilitated, and battery electric power is obtained.
• Electric power supplied to PTC heating element is subject to PTC relay control conditions.

PTC heater Operation PTC relay-1 PTC relay-2 PTC relay-3 Electric power (W) J
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Approx. 0
PTC heater-1 LOW ON OFF OFF Approx. 333
K
PTC heater-2 MID ON ON OFF Approx. 666
PTC heater-3 HI ON ON ON Approx. 999
NOTE: L
PTC heater operation depends on ambient temperature and battery voltage. PTC heater is ON when ambient
temperature is 8°C or less. PTC heater is OFF when ambient temperature is 12°C (53.6°F) or more. PTC
heater is ON when battery voltage is 11.5 V or more. PTC heater is OFF when battery voltage is 11 V or less. M

Revision: 2014 September HAC-39 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011420024

JMIIA3668GB

STOP/START SYSTEM

Revision: 2014 September HAC-40 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011420025

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

HAC

JMIIA3571GB J
DESCRIPTION
• In the Stop/Start system, ECM performs integrated control based on the information from control units, sen-
sors and switches. For details, refer to EC-856, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (M/T mod- K
els)" (R9M M/T models) or EC-864, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT models)" (R9M
CVT models).
• A/C auto amp. transmits Stop/Start permit signal (permit) to ECM via CAN communication if it judges that the L
comfort level in the passenger room can be maintained, even when engine stops while idling, based on each
sensor and the set temperature.
• A/C auto amp. receives operation status of Stop/Start system (Stop/Start status signal) from ECM via CAN
communication. When A/C auto amp. recognizes that Stop/Start system is operating based on the signal, it M
changes control characteristics of air flow and inlet.
• When A/C auto amp. judges that the comfort level in the passenger room cannot be maintained while Stop/
Start function operates, it cancels Stop/Start permit signal (permit) and requests ECM to restart engine. Also, N
when switch operation of A/C control (DEF switch) occurs, it also requests engine restart to ECM as well.
Stop/Start Permission Condition Evaluated By A/C Auto Amp. (Before Stop/Start Operation)
Before Stop/Start operation, when the following conditions are met, A/C auto amp. judges that Stop/Start sys- O
tem operation is available and transmits Stop/Start permit signal to ECM via CAN communication.
• Outlet: Other than DEF (Enabled only when the ambient temperature is 25°C or less. When ambient temper-
ature is higher than 25°C (77°F), the outlet condition is not included in the conditions for judging that Stop/
Start is possible.) P
• Air flow: Other than for maximum position
• Passenger room temperature: Becomes approx. 20°C (68°F) or more (when A/C switch is ON/OFF) or
approx. 30°C (86°F) or less (only when A/C switch is ON).
- When A/C switch is ON: 20°C (68°F) or more, and 30°C (86°F) or less.
- When A/C switch is OFF: 20°C (68°F) or more
NOTE:
When air conditioning system is OFF, it judges Stop/Start function is available at all times.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-41 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Stop/Start Prohibition Condition Evaluated By A/C Auto Amp. (During Stop/Start Operation)
During Stop/Start operation, when any of the following conditions is met, A/C auto amp. judges that Stop/Start
system operation is prohibited, cancels Stop/Start permit signal (inhibit), and requests ECM to restart engine.
• AUTO switch: Pressed
• A/C switch: Pressed.
• DEF switch: Pressed [only when ambient temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less]
• Passenger room temperature: Becomes 20°C (68°F) or less (when A/C switch is ON/OFF) or 30°C (86°F) or
more (only when A/C switch is ON)
• Evaporator temperature: Becomes 16°C (60.8°F) or more (only when A/C switch is ON)
A/C CONTROL DURING Stop/Start OPERATION
During Stop/Start operation, A/C auto amp. changes air flow and control characteristics of air inlet within a
range that does not adversely affect the comfort level, prolongs Stop/Start operation time and reduces power
consumption for improving fuel economy. Refer to the following items for details of each control.
Air Flow Control

Air flow reduction control during Stop/Start operation

• A/C auto amp increases voltage to power transistor gate compared to ordinary operation and reduces volt-
age to blower motor. This reduces air flow.
• Due to reduced airflow, the amount of air that passes evaporator is reduced. Increase of evaporator temper-
ature can be moderated. This helps prevent a rise in evaporator temperature from meeting the Stop/Start
prohibition condition, prolonging Stop/Start operation time.
• Also, by decreasing the voltage applied to blower motor, power consumption is reduced. This moderates
alternator power output after engine is restarted.
NOTE:
When the fan switch is operated while Stop/Start is operating, the air flow changes to the setting from before
Stop/Start is activated. (The air flow indicator also changes in the same way.)
Air Inlet Control

Air inlet change control during Stop/Start operation

• A/C auto amp. increases recirculation air mixing ratio compared to ordinary operation.
• By increasing recirculation air mixing ratio, cooled air in passenger room is circulated in larger amount than
during ordinary operation and increase of evaporator temperature can be moderated. This helps prevent
Stop/Start prohibition condition (evaporator temperature) from being met and prolongs Stop/Start operation
time.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-42 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
STOP/START SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011420026

HAC

JMIIA3669GB
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-43 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3670GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-44 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
OPERATION
A
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010623185

OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM B

Display: Display in A/C control
• Air conditioning operation status is indicated on display in A/C control.
• Air conditioning status display screen is indicated when MODE switch is pressed while air conditioning is C
OFF.
Operation: A/C control
D

JMIIA3338ZZ

HAC
Fan switch MODE switch Temperature control dial [passenger
side (RHD models)/driver side (LHD
models)]
J
DEF switch ON·OFF switch REC switch
AUTO switch FRE switch DUAL switch
Temperature control dial [driver side A/C switch K
(RHD models)/passenger side (LHD
models)]

Revision: 2014 September HAC-45 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Switch name Function

• Air flow can be set within a range between 1st – 7th speed according to switch operation.
- Press (large): Air flow increases
- Press (small): Air flow decreases
• Air conditioning turns ON and operates according to the following status, when this switch is pressed
while air conditioning is OFF.
- Air outlet: Automatic control
Fan switch - Air flow: 1st speed
- Air inlet: Settings set before this switch is pressed
- A/C switch (For China, Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru): Settings set before air conditioning is turned
OFF
- A/C switch (Except for China, Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru): OFF
NOTE:
Automatic air flow control is cancelled (AUTO switch indicator turns OFF), when fan switch is pressed
while AUTO switch indicator is ON.
Air outlet changes from VENT⇒ B/L ⇒ FOOT ⇒ D/F ⇒ VENT each time this switch is pressed.
NOTE:
• Air outlet can be changed when air conditioning is in OFF status.
• Automatic air outlet control is cancelled (AUTO switch indicator turns OFF), when MODE switch is
MODE switch
pressed while AUTO switch indicator is ON.
• For models for China, Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru, when air outlet is changed to D/F while blower
motor is operated, air inlet is changed to FRE (fresh air intake) and if blower motor is operated the com-
pressor is turned ON.
Setting temperature can be set according to dial operation within a range between 18.0°C – 32.0°C at a
rate of 0.5°C per adjustment.
• Clockwise: Setting temperature increases
Temperature control
• Counterclockwise: Setting temperature decreases
dial (driver side)
NOTE:
When air conditioning is OFF, setting temperature can be set only while air conditioning status screen
(only when MODE switch is pressed) is indicated.
• Left and right ventilation temperature separately control (DUAL switch indicator) turns ON according
to dial operation. Air flow temperature of passenger side can be changed without changing air flow
temperature of driver side.
• Setting temperature can be set according to dial operation within a range between 18.0°C – 32.0°C at
a rate of 0.5°C per adjustment.
Temperature control
- Clockwise: Setting temperature increases
dial (passenger side)
- Counterclockwise: Setting temperature decreases
NOTE:
• When air conditioning is OFF, setting temperature can be set only while air conditioning status screen
(only when MODE switch is pressed) is indicated.
• Temperature control dial (passenger side) operation is not accepted when DEF mode is ON.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-46 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Switch name Function
A
DEF mode (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time switch is pressed.
• When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is ON
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned ON.
• Air outlet: DEF B
• Air flow: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned OFF. C
• Air outlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• Air flow: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• Air inlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• A/C switch: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON D
DEF switch (Except • When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is OFF
for China, Mexico, - Air conditioning turns ON and operates in the following status, when DEF mode is turned ON.
Chili, Ecuador and • Air outlet: DEF
Peru) • Air flow: Automatic control
E
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned OFF.
F
• Air outlet: Settings set before air conditioning system is turned OFF
• Air flow: Settings set before air conditioning system is turned OFF*
• Air inlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF
• A/C switch: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF G
- Air conditioning becomes the settings set before DEF mode is turned ON when DEF mode is turned
OFF.
NOTE:
When DEF mode is turned ON while AUTO switch indicator is turned ON, AUTO switch indicator turns H
OFF. However, automatic air flow control continues.
DEF mode (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time switch is pressed.
• When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is ON HAC
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned ON.
• Air outlet: DEF
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake J
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned OFF.
• Air outlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• Air flow: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON K
• Air inlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF
• A/C switch: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF
DEF switch (For Chi-
• When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is OFF
na, Mexico, Chili, Ec- L
- Air conditioning turns ON and operates in the following status, when DEF mode is turned ON.
uador and Peru)
• Air outlet: DEF
• Air flow: Automatic control
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
M
• A/C switch: ON
- Air conditioning becomes the following status when DEF mode is turned OFF.
• Air outlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned ON
• Air flow: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF N
• Air inlet: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF
• A/C switch: Settings set before DEF mode is turned OFF
NOTE:
When DEF mode is turned ON while AUTO switch indicator is turned ON, AUTO switch indicator turns O
OFF. However, automatic air flow control continues.
Air conditioning turns ON ⇔ OFF each time this switch is pressed.
• When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is ON P
- Air conditioning turns OFF and becomes the following status, when this switch is pressed.
• Air outlet: FOOT
• Air flow: OFF
ON·OFF switch
• Air inlet: FRE
• A/C switch: OFF
• When this switch is pressed while air conditioning is OFF
- Air conditioning turns ON and operates according to the settings set before air conditioning is turned
OFF, when this switch is pressed.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-47 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Switch name Function
Switch indicator turns ON and air inlet is set to recirculation (REC), when this switch is pressed.
NOTE:
• Air inlet can be changed when air conditioning is in OFF status.
• When REC indicator is ON, pressing the REC switch for approximately 2 seconds or more, and then
the FRE and REC switch indicators blink twice and the system is switched to the automatic control.
• For models for Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru
REC switch
- When MODE switch or DEF switch is in the D/F or DEF position, air inlet cannot be selected to recir-
culation (REC).
- When air outlet is in the D/F or DEF position, air inlet cannot be switched to the automatic control.
• For models for China
- When DEF switch is in the DEF position, air inlet cannot be selected to recirculation (REC).
- When air outlet is in the DEF position, air inlet cannot be switched to the automatic control.
• AUTO switch indicator turns ON and air conditioning becomes the following status, when this switch is
pressed while air conditioning is ON.
- Air outlet: Automatic control
- Air flow: Automatic control
- Air inlet: Automatic control
- A/C switch: Settings set before this switch is pressed
• Air conditioning turns ON and operates according to the following status, when this switch is pressed
AUTO switch while air conditioning is OFF. (AUTO switch indicator turns ON)
- Air outlet: Automatic control
- Air flow: Automatic control
- Air inlet: Automatic control
- A/C switch: Settings set before this switch is pressed
NOTE:
When air outlet or air flow is manually operated while AUTO switch indicator is ON, AUTO switch indica-
tor turns OFF. However, automatic control continues for other functions than air outlet or air flow.
Switch indicator turns ON and air inlet is set to fresh air intake (FRE), when this switch is pressed.
NOTE:
• Air inlet can be changed when air conditioning is in OFF status.
• When FRE indicator is ON, pressing the FRE switch for approximately 2 seconds or more, and then
FRE switch the FRE and REC switch indicators blink twice and the system is switched to the automatic control.
• For models for Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru, when air outlet is in the D/F or DEF position, air inlet
cannot be switched to the automatic control.
• For models for China, when air outlet is in the DEF position, air inlet cannot be switched to the auto-
matic control.
Left and right ventilation temperature separately control (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF
each time this switch is pressed while blower motor is operated.
NOTE:
DUAL switch
• Setting temperature for passenger side is the same as that for driver side when left and right ventilation
temperature separately control is OFF.
• DUAL switch operation is not accepted when DEF mode is ON.
Compressor control (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time this switch is pressed
while blower motor is operated.
A/C switch
NOTE:
A/C switch cannot be turned ON when blower motor is OFF.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-48 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
A
Description INFOID:0000000010623186

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings B
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU C
(CONSULT)
Self Diagnostic Result
Data Monitor
A/C auto amp. HVAC D
Active Test
Work support
Self Diagnostic Result E
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R F
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

G
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010623187

CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with A/C auto amp.
H
Diagnostic mode Description
Ecu Identification Displays the part number of A/C auto amp.
HAC
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by A/C auto amp.
Data Monitor Displays the input/output signal of A/C auto amp.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp. J
Changes the setting for each setting function and performs automatic adjustment of
Work support
components.
NOTE: K
Diagnosis should be performed with engine running. Door motor operation speeds become slower and NO
results may be returned even for normal operation if battery voltage drops below 12 V during self-diagnosis.
ECU IDENTIFICATION L
Part number of A/C auto amp. can be checked.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Diagnosis result that is judged by A/C auto amp. can be checked. Refer to HAC-60, "DTC Index". M

DATA MONITOR
Input/output signal of A/C auto amp. can be checked. N
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
O
Display item list
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Ambient temperature value converted from ambient temperature signal received from
AMB TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
combination meter via CAN communication.
P

In-vehicle temperature value converted from in-vehicle sensor signal received from in-
IN-VEH TEMP [°C (°F)]
vehicle sensor.
Evaporator fin temperature value converted from intake sensor signal received from in-
INT TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
take sensor.
SUNLOAD SEN [w/m2] Sunload value converted from sunload sensor signal received from sunload sensor

Revision: 2014 September HAC-49 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Monitor item [Unit] Description
AMB SEN CAL [°C (°F)] Ambient temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
IN-VEH CAL [°C (°F)] In-vehicle temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
INT TEMP CAL [°C (°F)] Evaporator fin temperature value calculated by A/C auto amp.
SUNL SEN CAL [w/m2] Sunload value calculated by A/C auto amp.
COMP REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays A/C ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to ECM.
COMP ECV DUTY [%] Duty ratio of ECV (electrical control valve) judged by A/C auto amp.
FAN REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays blower fan ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to ECM.
FAN DUTY Target duty ratio of voltage (applied voltage) applied to blower motor by A/C auto amp.
Target discharge air temperature (driver side) judged by A/C auto amp. depending on
XM
the temperature setting and the value from each sensor.
ENG COOL TEMP [°C (°F)] Engine coolant temperature signal value received from ECM via CAN communication.
[km/h
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed signal value received from combination meter via CAN communication.
(mph)]

ACTIVE TEST
The signals used to activate each device forcibly supplied from A/C auto amp. operation check of air condi-
tioning system can be performed.

Test item Description

The operation check of air conditioning system can be performed by selecting the mode.
HVAC TEST
Refer to the following table for the conditions of each mode.

Check each output device

Test item
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7
Mode door motor position VENT VENT B/L B/L FOOT D/F DEF
Intake door motor position REC REC 20% FRE 20% FRE FRE FRE FRE
Air mix door motor (driver side)
FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT
position
Air mix door motor (passenger
FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT
side) position
Blower motor (Duty ratio) 35% 35% 60% 60% 90% 90% 35%
Magnet clutch ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
ECV duty ratio 80% 80% 40% 40% 0% 0% 70%
NOTE:
Perform the inspection of each output device after starting the engine because the compressor is operated.
WORK SUPPORT
Setting change of each setting functions and automatic adjustment of components can be performed.

Work item Description Refer to

HAC-77, "Temperature
TEMP SET CORRECT Setting change of temperature setting trimmer can be performed.
Setting Trimmer"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (REC) can be per- HAC-77, "Inlet Port Mem-
REC MEMORY SET
formed. ory Function (REC)"
Setting change of inlet port memory function (FRE) can be per- HAC-78, "Inlet Port Mem-
FRE MEMORY SET
formed. ory Function (FRE)"
NOTE:
BLOW SET
This item is indicated, but not used.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-50 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AUTO AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Work item Description Refer to
A
HAC-78, "Setting of Tar-
TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UP- Setting change of evaporator target temperature upper limit value
get Evaporator Tempera-
PER LIMIT SETTING can be performed.
ture Upper Limit Value"
Zero position reset of air mix door motor and mode door motor B
Door Motor Starting Position Reset HAC-80, "Description"
can be performed.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-51 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C CONTROL)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C CONTROL)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010623188

DESCRIPTION
On board diagnosis of A/C control can be used to perform an operation check of the segment display and indi-
cator lamps.
STARTING PROCEDURE
Starting Self-diagnosis Mode
1. Ignition switch turns OFF, and stand by 3 minutes after the driver side door is opened.
NOTE:
Accessory power supply may be supplied if vehicle is operated during standby.
2. The self-diagnosis function starts when the ON·OFF switch is pressed for 5 seconds or more within 10
seconds after the ignition switch turns ON.
Ending Self-diagnosis Mode
Turn ignition switch OFF and accessory power supply OFF by AUTO ACC function, or press AUTO switch.
NOTE:
For details of AUTO ACC function, refer to PCS-70, "AUTO ACC FUNCTION : System Description".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
Check indicators of all A/C control switches and check all liquid crystal display segments.
When normal: All display parts and indicator lamps on A/C controller turn ON.
Malfunction: The malfunctioning part does not turn ON, or does not display. (A/C controller malfunction)
NOTE:
If on board diagnosis does not start, check A/C control power supply and the ground circuit. Refer to HAC-110,
"A/C CONTROL : Diagnosis Procedure". If the result of the check is normal, replace A/C control. Refer to
HAC-131, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-52 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000011673918
B
APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
C
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed. E
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification. F
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item H
Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
HAC
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × × J
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
K
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Air conditioning system AIR CONDITONER* × × L
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
M
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × N
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR × O
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
P
NOTE:
*: For except R9M engine models, this item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-53 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description

BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected.
COUNTER

AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) INFOID:0000000011420028

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Operation Description

PTC RELAY-1 Off/On PTC RELAY-1 is turned OFF/ON.
PTC RELAY-2 Off/On PTC RELAY-2 is turned OFF/ON.
PTC RELAY-3 Off/On PTC RELAY-3 is turned OFF/ON.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-54 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

A/C AUTO AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010623191
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUES

NOTE: C
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Value/Status D

Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
perature
E
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH TEMP Ignition switch ON
perature
Values depending on evapo-
INT TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON F
rator fin temperature
Values depending on sun-
SUNLOAD SEN Ignition switch ON
load amount
Equivalent to ambient tem- G
AMB SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
perature
Equivalent to in-vehicle tem-
IN-VEH CAL Ignition switch ON H
perature
Values depending on evapo-
INT TEMP CAL Ignition switch ON
rator fin temperature
Values depending on sun- HAC
SUNL SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
load amount
A/C switch: ON
Engine: Run at idle after (Compressor operation sta- On J
COMP REQ SIG tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF Off
A/C switch: ON K
Engine: Run at idle after (Compressor operation sta- 1 - 100%
COMP ECV DUTY tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF 0% L
Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON On
FAN REQ SIG
warming up Blower motor: OFF Off
Blower motor: ON 1 – 100
M
Engine: Run at idle after
FAN DUTY
warming up Blower motor: OFF 0
Value depending on target
N
XM Ignition switch ON air flow temperature (driver
side)
Values depending on engine
ENG COOL TEMP Ignition switch ON O
coolant temperature
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the Equivalent to speedometer
VEHICLE SPEED
speedometer indication. reading
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-55 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMIIA3628ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
• Air mix door motor (passenger • Ignition switch ON
1 side) drive 2 (RHD models) • Immediately after the tem-
Ground
(BR) • Air mix door motor (driver perature control dial (pas-
side) drive 2 (LHD models) senger side) is operated
[when the air mix door mo-
tor (passenger side) oper-
Output ates] (RHD models)
• Air mix door motor (passenger • Immediately after the tem-
2 side) drive 1 (RHD models) perature control dial (driv-
Ground
(L) • Air mix door motor (driver er side) is operated [when
side) drive 1 (LHD models) the air mix door motor JPIIA1647GB

(driver side) operates]

(LHD models)
• Air mix door motor (driver • Ignition switch ON
9 side) drive 2 (RHD models) • Immediately after the tem-
Ground
(W) • Air mix door motor (passenger perature control dial (driv-
side) drive 2 (LHD models) er side) is operated [when
the air mix door motor
(driver side) operates]
Output (RHD models)
• Air mix door motor (driver • Immediately after the tem-
10 side) drive 1 (RHD models) perature control dial (pas-
Ground
(L) • Air mix door motor (passenger senger side) is operated
side) drive 1 (LHD models) [when the air mix door mo- JPIIA1647GB

tor (passenger side) oper-

ates] (LHD models)
11
Ground Mode door motor drive 2
(BR) • Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the
MODE switch or DEF
Output
12 switch are operated (when
Ground Mode door motor drive 1 mode door motor oper-
(L)
ates)
JPIIA1647GB

14
Ground Intake door motor drive 3
(BR)
• Ignition switch ON
16 • Immediately after the FRE
Ground Intake door motor drive 2
(R) Output switch or REC switch is
operated (when intake
17 door motor operates)
Ground Intake door motor drive 1
(L)
JPIIA1647GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-56 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
• Ignition switch ON B
• Each following condition
- Immediately after the IN-
TAKE switch is operated
(when intake door motor
C
20 Door motor power supply (mode,
Ground Output operates) 11 – 14 V
(W) intake)
- Immediately after the
MODE switch or DEF D
switch are operated (when
mode door motor oper-
ates)
• Air mix door motor (passenger • Ignition switch ON E
21 side) drive 4 (RHD models) • Immediately after the tem-
Ground
(G) • Air mix door motor (driver perature control dial (pas-
side) drive 4 (LHD models) senger side) is operated
F
[when the air mix door mo-
tor (passenger side) oper-
Output ates] (RHD models)
• Air mix door motor (passenger • Immediately after the tem-
22 side) drive 3 (RHD models)
G
Ground perature control dial (driv-
(R) • Air mix door motor (driver er side) is operated [when
side) drive 3 (LHD models) the air mix door motor JPIIA1647GB

(driver side) operates] H

(LHD models)
Blower mo-
11 – 14 V
tor: OFF HAC

27 Ignition Blower mo-

(G)
Ground Power transistor control Output
switch ON
J
tor: 1st
speed (man-
ual)
K
JMIIA3426GB

• Air mix door motor (driver • Ignition switch ON

30 side) drive 4 (RHD models) • Immediately after the tem- L
Ground
(BR) • Air mix door motor (passenger perature control dial (driv-
side) drive 4 (LHD models) er side) is operated [when
the air mix door motor
(driver side) operates] M
Output (RHD models)
• Air mix door motor (driver • Immediately after the tem-
31 side) drive 3 (RHD models) perature control dial (pas-
Ground
(R) • Air mix door motor (passenger senger side) is operated N
side) drive 3 (LHD models) [when the air mix door mo- JPIIA1647GB

tor (passenger side) oper-

ates] (LHD models)
O
32
Ground Mode door motor drive 4
(G) • Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the
MODE switch or DEF P
Output
33 switch is operated (when
Ground Mode door motor drive 3 mode door motor oper-
(R)
ates)
JPIIA1647GB

35
Ground Sensor ground (intake) — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(BR)

Revision: 2014 September HAC-57 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

• Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the FRE
36
Ground Intake door motor drive 4 Output switch or REC switch is
(W)
operated (when intake
door motor operates)

JPIIA1647GB

Blower mo-
11 – 14 V
tor: OFF
Blower mo-
Ignition tor: 1st
8.5 V
37 switch ON speed (man-
Ground Blower motor feedback Output
(R) ual)
Blower mo-
tor: 7th
1.5 V
speed (man-
ual)
−20°C
3.62 V
(−4°F)
−10°C
3.05 V
(14°F)
0°C
2.46 V
Air tempera- (32°F)
ture after 10°C
passing 1.92 V
38 (50°F)
Ground Intake sensor Input through
(BG) 20°C
evaporator 1.46 V
(Ignition (68°F)
switch ON) 25°C
1.26 V
(77°F)
30°C
1.09 V
(86°F)
40°C
0.82 V
(104°F)
• Ignition switch ON
• Following condition
40 Door motor power supply (air
Ground Output - Immediately after the tem- 11 – 14 V
(G) mix)
perature control dial is op-
erated
41
Ground Accessory power supply — Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(BG)
43
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(R)
51 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output

Revision: 2014 September HAC-58 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
−20°C B
3.09 V
(−4°F)
−10°C
2.46 V
(14°F) C
0°C
1.89 V
(32°F)
Passenger 10°C D
room tem- 1.41 V
53 (50°F)
Ground In-vehicle sensor Input perature
(P) 20°C
(Ignition 1.03 V
switch ON) (68°F) E
25°C
0.88 V
(77°F)
30°C F
0.75 V
(86°F)
40°C
0.55 V
(104°F)
G
0 W/m2 5.00 V

200 W/m2 4.46 V

Sunload H
54 amount 400 W/m2 3.92 V
Ground Sunload sensor signal Input
(V) (Ignition
600 W/m2 3.39 V
switch ON)
2 2.85 V
HAC
800 W/m

1000 W/m2 2.25 V

63
Ground
Sensor ground (in-vehicle, sun-
— Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
J
(G) load)
71 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(W) Output
K

L
73 Input/
Ground LIN Ignition switch ON
(Y) Output

M
JMIIA3428GB

Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010623192
N

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and A/C control for 30 seconds or longer, air con-
O
ditioning is controlled under the following conditions: A/C auto amp. is controlled in the setting state before the
communication error occurs for following setting.
• Set temperature
• Air outlet P
• Blower fan speed
• Air inlet
• A/C switch

Revision: 2014 September HAC-59 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010623193

Items
DTC Reference
(CONSULT screen terms)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT HAC-81, "DTC Description"
B24A0 A/C AUTO AMP. [INTERNAL ELECTRONIC ERROR] HAC-82, "DTC Description"
B24A1 A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY [CIRC VOLT BELOW THRESHOLD] HAC-83, "DTC Description"
INTAKE SENSOR [CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
B24A4 HAC-84, "DTC Description"
INTAKE SENSOR [CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR [CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
B24A6 HAC-89, "DTC Description"
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR [CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
B24A9* SUNLOAD SENSOR HAC-92, "DTC Description"
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
B24B4 A/C CONTROL [GENERAL ELEC MALFUNCTN] HAC-95, "DTC Description"
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR HAC-96, "DTC Description"
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR HAC-99, "DTC Description"
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR HAC-102, "DTC Description"
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR HAC-105, "DTC Description"
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
B24D4 A/C CONTROL COMM [BUS SIGNAL/MESSAGE ERROR] HAC-108, "DTC Description"
*: Perform self-diagnosis under sunshine. When performing indoors, aim a light (more than 60 W) at sunload
sensor, otherwise self-diagnosis indicates even though the sunload sensor is functioning normally.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-60 T32

 BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
A
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000010623194

B
ECU Reference
BCS-56, "Reference Value"
BCS-78, "Fail-safe" C
BCM
BCS-79, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-80, "DTC Index"
D
EC-88, "Reference Value"
EC-102, "Fail-safe"
MR engine models
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" E
EC-108, "DTC Index"
EC-500, "Reference Value"
EC-512, "Fail Safe"
F
ECM QR engine models
EC-515, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-516, "DTC Index"
G
EC-900, "Reference Value"
EC-912, "Fail-safe"
R9M engine models
EC-918, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" H
EC-919, "DTC Index"
PCS-23, "Reference Value"
HAC
PCS-35, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
PCS-38, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
PCS-39, "DTC Index" J

Revision: 2014 September HAC-61 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

WIRING DIAGRAM
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010623195

JRIWC3794GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-62 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3795GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-63 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3796GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-64 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3797GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-65 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3798GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-66 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3799GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-67 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3800GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-68 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3801GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-69 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3802GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-70 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3803GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-71 T32

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010623196

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JMIIA2097GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: 2014 September HAC-72 T32

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 7.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 7.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM HAC
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J

>> GO TO 5.
5.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM K
Perform the self-diagnosis with on board diagnosis. Check that whether malfunction result is detected or not.
Is malfunction result detected?
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 8.
6.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY MALFUNCTION M
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected malfunction result. Specify the malfunctioning part.

>> GO TO 9. N
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected O
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to DTC INSPECTION PRIORITY CHART, and determine trouble diag-
nosis order.
NOTE: P
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?

Revision: 2014 September HAC-73 T32

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Check according to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
10.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

>> GO TO 11.
11.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 9.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-74 T32

 OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
OPERATION INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010623197

DESCRIPTION B
The purpose of the operation inspection is to check that the individual system operates normally.

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature. C

OPERATION INSPECTION
1.CHECK MEMORY FUNCTION D
1. Press AUTO switch to activate air conditioning.
2. Set temperature to 32.0°C by operating temperature control dial (driver side).
3. Press ON·OFF switch. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Press AUTO switch.
7. Check that the set temperature (32.0°C) is maintained. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 10. G

2.CHECK FAN SPEED

1. Start engine. H
2. Operate fan switch and check that fan speed changes.
3. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal? HAC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.CHECK AIR OUTLET J
1. Operate fan switch to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate MODE switch and DEF switch.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the out- K
lets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK AIR INLET
M
1. Press REC switch to set the air inlet to recirculation. The REC switch indicator turns ON.
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
3. Press FRE switch again to set the air inlet to fresh air intake. The FRE switch indicator turns ON.
4. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 10. O

5.CHECK COMPRESSOR
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator turns ON. P
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates.
3. Press A/C switch again. The A/C switch indicator turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-75 T32

 OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

6.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE

1. Operate temperature control dial (driver side).
2. Check that discharge air temperature (driver side) changes.
3. Operate temperature control dial (passenger side). DUAL switch indicator turns ON.
4. Check that discharge air temperature (passenger side) changes.
5. Press DUAL switch. DUAL switch indicator turns OFF.
6. Check that air temperature setting (LH/RH) is unified to the driver side temperature setting.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 10.
7.CHECK WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING LOWERED
1. Operate compressor.
2. Operate temperature control dial (driver side) to lower the set temperature to 18.0°C.
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Warm up engine to the normal operating temperature.
2. Operate temperature control dial (driver side) to raise the set temperature to 32.0°C.
3. Check that warm air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK AUTO MODE
1. Press AUTO switch and check that AUTO” indicator turns ON.
2. Operate temperature control switch (driver side) to check that fan speed or air outlet changes (the air out-
let or fan speed varies depending on the ambient temperature, in-vehicle temperature, set temperature,
and etc.).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1. Perform self-diagnosis with on board diagnosis.
2. Check that any whether malfunction result is detected.
Is any malfunction result detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-52, "Diagnosis Description" and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-60, "DTC Index", and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK FAIL-SAFE ACTIVATION
Check that symptom is applied to the fail-safe activation. Refer to HAC-59, "Fail-safe".

>> Refer to HAC-124, "Symptom Table", and perform the appropriate diagnosis.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-76 T32

 SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
SYSTEM SETTING
A
Temperature Setting Trimmer INFOID:0000000010623198

DESCRIPTION B
If the temperature felt by the customer is different from the air flow temperature controlled by the temperature
setting, the A/C auto amp. control temperature can be adjusted to compensate for the temperature setting.
HOW TO SET C
With CONSULT
Perform “TEMP SET CORRECT” of HVAC work support item.
D
Work support items Display (°C)
3.0
2.5
E

2.0
1.5
F
1.0
0.5
TEMP SET CORRECT 0 (initial status) G
−0.5
−1.0
H
−1.5
−2.0
−2.5 HAC
−3.0
NOTE:
• When −3.0°C is corrected on the temperature setting set as 25.0°C the temperature controlled by A/C auto J
amp. is (25.0°C) − (−3.0°C) = 22.0°C and the temperature becomes lower than the temperature setting.
• A/C auto amp. stores the setting at the time 1 minute after the ignition switch turns OFF.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage is 10 V or K
less, the setting for the difference between the set temperature and control temperature is set to the value
stored 1 minute after most recent ignition switch OFF status.
Inlet Port Memory Function (REC) INFOID:0000000010623199
L

DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the REC switch is set to ON (recirculation), “Perform M
the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of REC switch ON (recirculation) condition can be selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the REC switch will be ON (recirculation) when turning the ignition switch
to the ON position again. N
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET O
With CONSULT
Perform the “REC MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.
P
Work support items Display Setting
WITHOUT (initial status) Perform the memory of manual REC
REC MEMORY SET
WITH Do not perform the memory of manual REC (auto control)
NOTE:
• A/C auto amp. stores the setting at the time 1 minute after the ignition switch turns OFF.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-77 T32

 SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage is 10 V or
less, the setting for the difference between the set temperature and control temperature is set to the value
stored 1 minute after most recent ignition switch OFF status.
Inlet Port Memory Function (FRE) INFOID:0000000010623200

DESCRIPTION
• If the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position while the FRE switch is set to OFF (fresh air intake), “Per-
form the memory” or “Do not perform the memory” of FRE switch OFF (fresh air intake) condition can be
selected.
• If “Perform the memory” was set, the FRE switch will be OFF (fresh air intake) when turning the ignition
switch to the ON position again.
• If “Do not perform the memory” was set, the air inlets will be controlled automatically when turning the igni-
tion switch to the ON position again.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT
Perform the “FRE MEMORY SET” of HVAC work support item.

Work support items Display Setting

WITHOUT (initial status) Perform the memory of manual FRE
FRE MEMORY SET
WITH Do not perform the memory of manual FRE (auto control)
NOTE:
• A/C auto amp. stores the setting at the time 1 minute after the ignition switch turns OFF.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage is 10 V or
less, the setting for the difference between the set temperature and control temperature is set to the value
stored 1 minute after most recent ignition switch OFF status.
Setting of Target Evaporator Temperature Upper Limit Value INFOID:0000000010623201

DESCRIPTION
Setting of upper limit value of target evaporator temperature can be changed. Control characteristic of com-
pressor control (refrigerant discharge amount control) changes according to change of the setting, and then
operation ratio of compressor and refrigerant discharge amount are changed. According to change of the set-
ting, control characteristic focusing on the fuel consumption can be adjusted to control characteristic focusing
on the cooling capacity.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT
Perform “TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UPPER LIMIT SETTING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “HVAC”
using CONSULT.

Work support items Display Setting

Initial setting (initial status) Initial setting

TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UPPER High Setting 1

LIMIT SETTING Middle Setting 2
Low Setting 3

Target evapora-
Setting tor temperature Evaporator freezing protection control Refrigerant discharge amount control
upper limit value
Initial set-
10.5°C (54°F) Initial setting Initial setting
ting
Operation ratio of compressor increases from ini- Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 1 7°C (45°F)
tial setting. initial setting.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-78 T32

 SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Target evapora-
Setting tor temperature Evaporator freezing protection control Refrigerant discharge amount control A
upper limit value
Operation ratio of compressor increases from ini- Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 2 5°C (41°F)
tial setting 1. initial setting 1. B
Operation ratio of compressor increases from Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 3 3°C (37°F)
setting 2. setting 2.
NOTE: C
• A/C auto amp. stores the setting at the time 1 minute after the ignition switch turns OFF.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage is 10 V or
less, the setting for the difference between the set temperature and control temperature is set to the value D
stored 1 minute after most recent ignition switch OFF status.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-79 T32

 DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
Description INFOID:0000000010623202

• Step motors are used for the mode door motor air mix door motor (driver side/passenger side), and intake
door motor.
• Because the step motors do not have position detection mechanisms, there may be a deviation between the
door position recognized by A/C auto amp. and the actual door position.
Therefore, A/C auto amp. performs motor zero position reset for aligning its recognized door position with
the actual door position.
• The reset signal is transmitted from A/C auto amp. to the air mix door motor (driver side/passenger side),
mode door motor, and intake door motor, which then perform zero position reset.
• After any of the following conditions is met, A/C auto amp. performs motor zero position reset when the igni-
tion switch is next turned ON.
- The battery terminal is disconnected and then reconnected.
- The travel distance reaches 3,000 km (1864 mile). [Performed every 3,000 km (1864 mile).]
• If A/C auto amp., air mix door motor (driver side, passenger side), mode door motor, or intake door motor is
removed, it is necessary to perform motor zero position reset using CONSULT.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010623203

1.PERFORM DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Door Motor Starting Position Reset” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “Start” and wait 10 seconds.
4. Make sure the “COMPLETED” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-80 T32

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623205
B

DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-board mul- C
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. A modern
vehicle is equipped with many ECMs, and each control unit shares information and links with other control
units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, 2 control units are connected with 2 commu-
nication lines (CAN-L line and CAN-H line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. D
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-56, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart" for details of the
communication signal. E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms F

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When A/C auto amp. is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication sig-
U1000
(CAN COMM CIRCUIT) nal for 2 seconds or more. G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CAN communication system
H
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE HAC

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623206

M
1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Check CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-36, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
N
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-81 T32

 B24A0 A/C AUTO AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A0 A/C AUTO AMP.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623207

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/C AUTO AMP. A malfunction is detected in A/C auto amp.
B24A0 [INTERNAL ELECTRONIC ERROR]
(Air conditioning automatic amplifier) internal EEPROM memory functions.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C auto amp.
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623208

1.REPLACE A/C AUTO AMP.

Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-82 T32

 B24A1 A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A1 A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623209

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY The accessory power voltage that is trans-
B24A1 (Air conditioning automatic amplifier [CIRC VOLT BELOW THRESHOLD] mitted to A/C auto amp. is 10.5 V or less for
power supply) 30 seconds or more. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connector (Accessory power supply circuits is open or shorted.) E

FAIL-SAFE
—
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
HAC
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623210
J

1.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS

Check A/C auto amp. power supply and ground circuits. Refer to HAC-110, "A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Pro- K
cedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation". L
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-83 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623211

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The intake sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
INTAKE SENSOR too low [less than −44°C (−47°F)].
B24A4
(Intake sensor) The intake sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
too high [more than 100°C (212°F)].

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
• Intake sensor
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is shorted to ground.)
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
• Intake sensor
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery.)
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623212

NOTE:
For models except for China, the intake sensor cannot be reused. If the intake sensor harness connector is
disconnected, sensor must be replaced.
1.CONFIRM VEHICLE MODEL
Confirm vehicle model.
Which models is the vehicle?
Except for China>>GO TO 2.
For China>>GO TO 8.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground

Revision: 2014 September HAC-84 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
A/C auto amp. − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
−20°C (−4°F) 3.62 V
−10°C (14°F) 3.05 V
0°C (32°F) 2.46 V C
Sensor detection 10°C (50°F) 1.92 V
M173 38 Ground
temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.46 V
D
25°C (77°F) 1.26 V
30°C (86°F) 1.09 V
40°C (104°F) 0.82 V E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
H
Intake sensor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 1 M173 38 Existed HAC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. J
4.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector. K

Intake sensor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
M175 2 M173 35 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT N
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

Intake sensor O
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground Not existed
P
2. Check voltage between intake harness connector and ground

+
Intake sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground 0V

Revision: 2014 September HAC-85 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-87, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-136, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
8.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector terminals.

+
A/C auto amp. − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
−20°C (−4°F) 3.62 V
−10°C (14°F) 3.05 V
0°C (32°F) 2.46 V

Sensor detection 10°C (50°F) 1.92 V

M173 38 Ground
temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.46 V
25°C (77°F) 1.26 V
30°C (86°F) 1.09 V
40°C (104°F) 0.82 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Intake sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-86 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Intake sensor A/C auto amp. A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 2 M175 35 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
11.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-87, "Component Inspection".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-136, "Removal and Installation".
E
12.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. F
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake sensor A/C auto amp. G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 1 M175 38 Existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
HAC
13.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.
J
Intake sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M175 1 Ground Not existed
2. Check voltage between intake harness connector and ground
L
+
Intake sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal M
M175 1 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623213

NOTE:
For models except for China, the intake sensor cannot be reused. If the intake sensor harness connector is
disconnected, sensor must be replaced.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-87 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

1.CONFIRM VEHICLE MODEL

Confirm vehicle model.
Which models is the vehicle?
Except for China>>GO TO 2.
For China>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
1. Remove intake sensor from A/C unit assembly without disconnect intake sensor connector. Refer to HAC-
136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor harness connector terminals. Refer to applicable table for the
normal value.

Intake sensor Condition

Con- Resistance: kΩ
Terminal Temperature: °C (°F)
nector
−20 (−4) 16.00
−10 (14) 9.62
0 (32) 6.00
10 (50) 3.87
M175 1 2
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12
30 (86) 1.76
40 (104) 1.23
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-136, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
1. Remove intake sensor. Refer to HAC-136, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Condition
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−20 (−4) 16.00
−10 (14) 9.62
0 (32) 6.00
10 (50) 3.87
1 2
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12
30 (86) 1.76
40 (104) 1.23
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-136, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-88 T32

 B24A6 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A6 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623214

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR too low [less than −44°C (−47°F)].
B24A6
(In-vehicle sensor) The in-vehicle sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN] D
too high [more than 100°C (212°F)].

POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
• In-vehicle sensor
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is shorted to ground.) F

[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]

• In-vehicle sensor G
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery.)
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
HAC
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Refer to HAC-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623215

1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR SIGNAL M

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground
N

Revision: 2014 September HAC-89 T32

 B24A6 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+
A/C auto amp. − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
−20°C (−4°F) 3.09 V
−10°C (14°F) 2.46 V
0°C (32°F) 1.89 V

Sensor detection 10°C (50°F) 1.41 V

M174 53 Ground
temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.03 V
25°C (77°F) 0.88 V
30°C (86°F) 0.75 V
40°C (104°F) 0.55 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect in-vehicle sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
In-vehicle sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M41 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 2 M174 63 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Check in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-91, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-134, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-90 T32

 B24A6 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

In-vehicle sensor A/C auto amp. A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M41 1 M174 53 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
6.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between in-vehicle sensor harness connector and ground.
D
In-vehicle sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
M41 1 Ground Not existed
2. Check voltage between in-vehicle harness connector and ground
F
+
In-vehicle sensor − Voltage
G
Connector Terminal
M41 1 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT HAC

Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623216 K

1.CHECK IN-VEHICLE SENSOR

1. Remove in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-134, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Check resistance between in-vehicle sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Condition M
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−20 (−4) 16.50
N
−10 (14) 9.92
0 (32) 6.19
10 (50) 3.99 O
1 2
20 (68) 2.65
25 (77) 2.19
P
30 (86) 1.81
40 (104) 1.27
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace in-vehicle sensor. Refer to HAC-134, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-91 T32

 B24A9 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A9 SUNLOAD SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623217

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Sunload sensor may register a malfunction when indoors, at dusk, or at other times when light is insufficient.
When performing the diagnosis indoors, use a lamp (60 W or more) that is pointed at the sunload sensor.

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)

Detected calorie at sunload sensor 950 W/m2 (817

[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
SUNLOAD SENSOR kcal/m2·h) or more.
B24A6
(Sunload sensor)
Detected calorie at sunload sensor 50 W/m2 (43
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
kcal/m2·h) or less.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
• Sunload sensor
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is shorted to ground.)
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
• Sunload sensor
• A/C auto amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery.)
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-92, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623218

1.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground

Revision: 2014 September HAC-92 T32

 B24A9 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
Voltage
A/C auto amp. − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
0 W/m2 5.00 V

200 W/m2 4.46 V

C
Sensor detection 400 W/m2 3.92 V
M174 54 Ground
sunload amount
600 W/m2 3.39 V

800 W/m2 2.85 V D

1000 W/m2 2.25 V

Is the inspection result normal? E

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect sunload sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. Check voltage between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

+ H
Voltage
Sunload sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
HAC
M74 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp harness connector.
L
Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
M74 2 M174 63 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.REPLACE SUNLOAD SENSOR
O
1. Replace sunload sensor. Refer to HAC-135, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to HAC-60, "DTC Index".
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-93 T32

 B24A9 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Sunload sensor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M74 1 M174 54 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK SUNLOAD SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between sunload sensor harness connector and ground.

Sunload sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M74 1 Ground Not existed
2. Check voltage between in-vehicle harness connector and ground

+
Sunload sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M74 1 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-94 T32

 B24B4 A/C CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24B4 A/C CONTROL
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623219

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
A/C CONTROL An internal circuit error message is received from A/C
B24B4 [GENERAL ELEC MALFUNCTN]
(Air conditioning control) control via LIN communication for 30 seconds or more.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
A/C control (Internal circuit malfunction)
FAIL-SAFE E
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to HAC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END HAC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623220

1.REPLACE A/C CONTROL J

Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-131, "Removal and Installation".

K
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-95 T32

 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623221

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Detect short to battery circuit of intake door motor cir-
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR cuits.
B24B7
(Intake door motor) [CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR Detect open or short to ground circuit of intake door
OPEN] motor circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector (Intake door motor circuit is shorted to battery)
• Intake door motor
• A/C auto amp.
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
• Harness and connector (Intake door motor circuit is open or shorted to ground)
• Intake door motor
• A/C auto amp.
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-96, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623222

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground for several seconds after press-
ing the REC switch or FRE switch.

+
Intake door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M343 2 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: 2014 September HAC-96 T32
 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. A
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C auto amp. B

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M343 2 M173 20 Existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
D
3.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.
E
Intake door motor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
M343 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
HAC
Intake door motor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
6 14
1 16
M343 M173 Existed
3 17 K
4 36
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT M
1. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Intake door motor N

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
6
O
1
M343 Ground Not existed
3
4 P
2. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-97 T32

 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+
Intake door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
6
1
M343 Ground 0V
3
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Check intake door motor. Refer to HAC-98, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623223

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR

1. Remove intake door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
3
2 90
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-98 T32

 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623224

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Detect short to battery circuit of mode door motor cir-
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
MODE DOOR MOTOR cuits.
B24B9
(Mode door motor) [CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR Detect open or short to ground circuit of mode door D
OPEN] motor circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector (Mode door motor circuit is shorted to battery)
• Mode door motor
• A/C auto amp. F

[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]

• Harness and connector (Mode door motor circuit is open or shorted to ground) G
• Mode door motor
• A/C auto amp.
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
HAC
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Refer to HAC-99, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623225

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mode door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground for several seconds after press-
ing the MODE VENT/FOOT/DEF switch.
O
+
Mode door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal P
M342 2 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: 2014 September HAC-99 T32
 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M342 2 M173 20 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

Mode door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M342 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 11
3 12
M342 M173 Existed
4 32
6 33
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

Mode door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
3
M342 Ground Not existed
4
6
2. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-100 T32

 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
Mode door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
1
3
M342 Ground 0V
4 C
6
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR E
Check mode door motor. Refer to HAC-101, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623226

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR

H
1. Remove mode door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between mode door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.
HAC
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
J
3
2 90
4
6 K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-145, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- L
tion".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-101 T32

 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623227

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Detect short to battery circuit of air mix door
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY] motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger
LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR side (RHD models)] circuits.
B24BB
(Left side air mix door motor) Detect open or short to ground circuit of air mix
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] door motor [driver side (LHD models), passen-
ger side (RHD models)] circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (driver side) circuit is shorted to battery] (LHD models)
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (passenger side) circuit is shorted to battery] (RHD models)
• Air Mix door motor
• A/C auto amp.
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (driver side) circuit is open or shorted to ground] (LHD models)
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (passenger side) circuit is open or shorted to ground] (RHD
models)
• Air mix door motor
• A/C auto amp.
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623228

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor LH connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor LH harness connector and ground for several seconds after
operating the temperature control dial (driver side) while DUAL switch is OFF.

+
Air mix door motor LH − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M345 2 Ground 11 - 14 V

Revision: 2014 September HAC-102 T32

 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
B
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor LH harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connec- C
tor.

Air mix door motor LH A/C auto amp. D

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M345 2 M173 40 Existed
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. F
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between air mix door motor LH harness connector and ground. G

Air mix door motor LH

— Continuity H
Connector Terminal
M345 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? HAC
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)] J

DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor LH harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connec-
tor.
L
Air mix door motor LH A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
1 1
3 2
M345 M173 Existed
4 21 N
6 22
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)] P
DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between air mix door motor LH harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-103 T32

 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Air mix door motor LH

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
3
M345 Ground Not existed
4
6
2. Check voltage between air mix door motor LH harness connector and ground.

+
Air mix door motor LH − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
3
M345 Ground 0V
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
Check air mix door motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger side (RHD models)]. Refer to HAC-104,
"Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace air mix door motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger side (RHD models)]. Refer to
HAC-143, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623229

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [DRIVER SIDE (LHD MODELS), PASSENGER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
1. Remove air mix door motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger side (RHD models)]. Refer to HAC-143,
"AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between air mix door motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger side (RHD models)]
terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
3
2 90
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace air mix door motor [driver side (LHD models), passenger side (RHD models)]. Refer to
HAC-143, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-104 T32

 B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623230

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Detect short to battery circuit of air mix door
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY] motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver
RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR side (RHD models)] circuits.
B24BD D
(Right side air mix door motor) Detect open or short to ground circuit of air mix
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] door motor [passenger side (LHD models),
driver side (RHD models)] circuits.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (passenger side) circuit is shorted to battery] (LHD models) F
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (driver side) circuit is shorted to battery] (RHD models)
• Air Mix door motor
• A/C auto amp. G
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (passenger side) circuit is open or shorted to ground] (LHD mod-
els) H
• Harness and connector [Air mix door motor (driver side) circuit is open or shorted to ground] (RHD models)
• Air mix door motor
• A/C auto amp. HAC
FAIL-SAFE
—
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623231

N
1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect air mix door motor RH connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor RH harness connector and ground for several seconds after P
operating the temperature control dial (driver side) while DUAL switch is OFF.

+
Air mix door motor RH − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M344 2 Ground 11 - 14 V

Revision: 2014 September HAC-105 T32

 B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor RH harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connec-
tor.

Air mix door motor RH A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M344 2 M173 40 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between air mix door motor RH harness connector and ground.

Air mix door motor RH

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M344 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor RH harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connec-
tor.

Air mix door motor RH A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 9
3 10
M344 M173 Existed
4 30
6 31
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)]
DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between air mix door motor RH harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-106 T32

 B24BD RIGHT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Air mix door motor RH A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
B
3
M344 Ground Not existed
4
6 C
2. Check voltage between air mix door motor RH harness connector and ground.

D
+
Air mix door motor RH − Voltage
Connector Terminal E
1
3
M344 Ground 0V
4 F
6
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)] H
Check air mix door motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver side (RHD models)]. Refer to HAC-107,
"Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? HAC
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace air mix door motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver side (RHD models)]. Refer to
HAC-145, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation". J

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623232

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR [PASSENGER SIDE (LHD MODELS), DRIVER SIDE (RHD MODELS)] K

1. Remove air mix door motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver side (RHD models)]. Refer to HAC-143,
"AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation". L
2. Check resistance between air mix door motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver side (RHD models)]
terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

M
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
N
3
2 90
4
6 O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace air mix door motor [passenger side (LHD models), driver side (RHD models)]. Refer to P
HAC-143, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-107 T32

 B24D4 A/C CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
B24D4 A/C CONTROL COMMUNICATION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623233

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/C CONTROL COMM
A malfunction is detected in the signal that is
B24D4 (Air conditioning control commu- [BUS SIGNAL/MESSAGE ERROR]
sent from A/C control.
nication)

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connector (A/C control circuit is open or shorted)
• A/C control
• A/C auto amp.
FAIL-SAFE
If a communication error exists between the A/C auto amp. and A/C control for 30 seconds or longer, air con-
ditioning is controlled under the following conditions: A/C auto amp. is controlled in the setting state before the
communication error occurs for following setting.
• Set temperature
• Air outlet
• Blower fan speed
• Air inlet
• A/C switch
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623234

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK A/C CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-108 T32

 B24D4 A/C CONTROL COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
Voltage
A/C control −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
M135 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C control and fuse.
3.CHECK A/C CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

E
A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M135 1 Ground Existed F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. G
4.CHECK LIN COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector. H
2. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.

A/C control A/C auto amp. HAC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M135 8 M174 73 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
K
5.CHECK LIN COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.
L
A/C control
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M135 8 Ground Not existed M

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-131, "Removal and Installation". N
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-109 T32

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A/C AUTO AMP.
A/C AUTO AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623235

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)] (without stop/start system) or (No. 59) (with stop/start
system).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

+
A/C auto amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M174 41 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C auto amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between A/C auto amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C auto amp.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M174 43 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
A/C CONTROL
A/C CONTROL : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623236

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)] (without stop/start system) or (No. 59) (with stop/start
system).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK A/C CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-110 T32

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Disconnect A/C control connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check voltage between A/C control harness connector and ground.

+ B
A/C control − Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
M135 4 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C control and fuse block (J/B).
3.CHECK A/C CONTROL GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check continuity between A/C control harness connector and ground.

A/C control F
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M135 1 Ground Existed
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C control. Refer to HAC-131, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. H

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-111 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
BLOWER MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623237

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 15 A fuse [Nos. 17 and 27, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect power transistor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.
Except for China

+
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M349 4 Ground Battery voltage

For China

+
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M389 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-116, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between power transistor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
4.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect power transistor connector.
3. Disconnect blower motor connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

+
Blower motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M347 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-112 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

5.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and blower motor harness connector.
B
Except for China

Power transistor Blower motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
M350 5 M347 1 Existed

For China
D
Power transistor Blower motor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 1 M347 1 Existed E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace power transistor. Refer to HAC-139, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. F

6.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect power transistor connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and blower motor harness connector.
Except for China H
Power transistor Blower motor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
HAC
M350 6 M347 2 Existed

For China

Power transistor Blower motor J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 2 M347 2 Existed
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. L
7.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and ground.
M
Except for China

Power transistor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal N
M349 2 Ground Existed

For China
O
Power transistor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M389 6 Ground Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
8.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Connect power transistor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-113 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
3. Set air outlet to VENT.
4. Change fan speed from 1st – 7th, and check duty ratios between power transistor harness connector and
ground by using an oscilloscope.
NOTE:
Calculate the drive signal duty ratio as shown in the figure.
T2 = Approx. 2.5 ms
Except for China

+
Condition
Power transistor Duty ratio
− Voltage
(Approx.)
Fan speed (manual)
Connector Terminal
Air outlet: VENT
1st 23%
2nd 29%
3rd 36%
M349 1 Ground 4th 44%
5th 52%
6th 61%
JPIIA1646GB
7th 72%

For China

+
Condition
Power transistor Duty ratio
− Voltage
(Approx.)
Fan speed (manual)
Connector Terminal
Air outlet: VENT
1st 24%
2nd 30%
3rd 36%
M389 5 Ground 4th 43%
5th 50%
6th 59%
JPIIA1646GB
7th 65%
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
Except for China

Power transistor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M349 3 M173 27 Existed

For China

Power transistor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 5 M173 27 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-114 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

10.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL A

When fan speed is set to OFF, and check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.
Except for China

+ B
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
M349 1 Ground Battery voltage

For China

+ D
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E
M389 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. F
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector and A/C auto amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and A/C auto amp. harness connector.
H
Except for China

Power transistor A/C auto amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal HAC
M349 1 M173 37 Existed

For China
J
Power transistor A/C auto amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 4 M173 37 Existed K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. L
12.REPLACE POWER TRANSISTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Replace power transistor. Refer to HAC-139, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Change fan speed from 1st – 7th, and check that blower motor operates normally.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
O
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000010623238

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-I P

1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-II
Revision: 2014 September HAC-115 T32
 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-III
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000010623239

1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY

1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity

ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-116 T32

 MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
MAGNET CLUTCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010623240

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION B

CONSULT ACTIVE TEST
1. Select “COMPRESSOR” of IPDM E/R active test item.
2. With operating the test item, check magnet clutch operation by listening and viewing. C
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-117, "Diagnosis Procedure". D

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623241

E
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF F
2. Disconnect compressor connector.
3. Select “COMPRESSOR” of IPDM E/R active test item.
4. With operating the test item, check voltage between compressor harness connector and ground.
G

+
Compressor − Condition Voltage H
Connector Terminal

Active test: COM- Off 0 - 0.1 V

F17 1 Ground
PRESSOR On 11 - 14 V HAC

Does it operate normally?

YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF K
2. Check 15 A fuse (No. 77, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-110, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown. M
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector. N

IPDM E/R Compressor

Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 65 F17 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between compressor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-117 T32

 MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

Compressor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F17 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-118 T32

 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623242

1.CHECK ECV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT B

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect compressor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
4. Check voltage between compressor harness connector and ground.
Except QR engine models

+ D
Compressor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E
F59 3 Ground 11 - 14 V

QR engine models

+ F
Compressor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
F61 3 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
HAC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between compressor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
Except QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
F59 3 F72 71 Existed

QR engine models
L
Compressor IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 3 F72 71 Existed M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. N

3.CHECK ECV CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between compressor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Except QR engine models P
Compressor IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F59 4 F72 98 Existed

Revision: 2014 September HAC-119 T32

 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 4 F72 98 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK ECV
Check ECV. Refer to HAC-120, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation"
NO >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623243

1.CHECK ECV
Check continuity between compressor terminals.

Terminal Continuity
3 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-120 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011420029

1.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION B

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
NOTE: C
• Engine must be cold.
• Battery must be charged.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT. D
3. Select “PTC RELAY-1”, “PTC RELAY-2” or “PTC RELAY-3” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Operate blower motor.
5. Operate temperature control switch and set setting temperature to full hot position (32.0°C).
6. Check for warm air at discharge air outlet. E

PTC RELAY-1 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-1

PTC RELAY-2 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-2 F
PTC RELAY-3 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-3
OFF : Stop the PTC heater operation
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-121, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011420030

1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK HAC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check 30 A fuses (Nos. 42, 43 and 44) and 10 A fuse [No. 30, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE: J
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK PTC RELAY POWER SUPPLY L
1. Disconnect PTC relay connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between PTC relay harness connector and ground.
M

+
Relay PTC relay − Voltage N
Connector Terminal
2
1 E139 O
3
2
2 E140 Ground Battery voltage
3
P
2
3 E141
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between PTC relay and fuse.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-121 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

3.CHECK PTC RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.

PTC relay BCM

Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E139 172
2 E140 1 E23 173 Existed
3 E141 170
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK PTC HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and PTC heater harness connector.

PTC relay PTC heater

Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 E139 1
2 E140 5 E145 3 Existed
3 E141 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK PTC HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC heater harness connector and ground.

PTC heater
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E145 Ground Existed
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK PTC RELAY
Check PTC relay. Refer to HAC-122, "Component Inspection (PTC Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
7.CHECK PTC HEATER
Check PTC heater. Refer to HAC-123, "Component Inspection (PTC Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-127, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace PTC heater. Refer to HAC-138, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) INFOID:0000000011420031

1.CHECK PTC RELAY

1. Remove PTC relay.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-122 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Check continuity between PTC relay terminals 3 and 5 when the
voltage is supplied between terminals 1 and 2. A

Terminal Voltage Continuity

ON Existed B
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

D
Component Inspection (PTC Heater) INFOID:0000000011420032

1.CHECK PTC HEATER E

Check resistance between PTC heater terminals.

Terminal Resistance (Ω) F

1 2
3 2 and 4 Except [0 or ∞]
G
5 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace PTC heater. Refer to HAC-138, "Removal and Installation".

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-123 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010623248

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT and on board diagnosis before performing the symptom diagnosis. If
any DTC is detected, perform the corresponding diagnosis.

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference

Check A/C control power supply
• A/C control power supply or ground
and ground circuits.
All control circuit
Air conditioning Refer to HAC-110, "A/C CONTROL
• A/C auto amp.
cannot be con- : Diagnosis Procedure".
trolled. Replace A/C control.
A part of control A/C control Refer to HAC-131, "Removal and
Installation".
A/C control display or switch indicator lamp does not
display correctly. Replace A/C auto amp.
NOTE: A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-110, "A/C AUTO
The results of A/C control on board diagnosis are nor- AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure".
mal.
Check air mix door motor (driver
Discharge air temperature (driver side) does not Air mix door motor (driver side) system side) system is properly installed.
change. installation condition Refer to HAC-141, "Exploded
View".
Check air mix door motor (passen-
Discharge air temperature (passenger side) does not Air mix door motor (passenger side) ger side) system is properly in-
change. system installation condition stalled. Refer to HAC-141,
"Exploded View".
Check mode door motor system is
Mode door motor system installation
Air outlet does not change. properly installed. Refer to HAC-
condition
141, "Exploded View".
Check intake door motor system is
Intake door motor system installation
Air inlet does not change. properly installed. Refer to HAC-
condition
141, "Exploded View".
• Blower motor
• Power transistor
• Power transistor power supply or
ground circuits
Blower motor does not operates or operation speed is • Blower motor control or ground cir- Check blower motor circuits.
not normal. cuits HAC-112, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• Power transistor control signal cir-
cuits
• Blower motor feedback signal circuits
• A/C auto amp.
• Magnet clutch
• Magnet clutch power supply circuits
• Magnet clutch ground circuits
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
Compressor does not operate. • The circuit between ECM and refrig- HAC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure"
erant pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• ECM
• A/C auto amp.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-124 T32

 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
A
• Magnet clutch control system
• Drive belt slipping
• Insufficient cooling • Cooler cycle
HAC-126, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • ECV (Electrical control valve) B
• Air leakage from each duct
• Temperature setting trimmer
• Engine cooling system
• Heater hose
C
• Heater core
• Insufficient heating
• Air leakage from each duct HAC-128, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
• PTC heater system (R9M engine D
models)
• Temperature setting trimmer
Symptom table for noise
During compressor operation Cooler cycle E
Noise is heard HA-30, "Symptom Table"
when the air • Mixing any foreign object in blower
conditioning op- Check blower motor.
motor
erates. During blower motor operation HAC-115, "Component Inspection
• Blower motor fan breakage
(Blower Motor)"
F
• Blower motor rotation inferiority

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-125 T32

 INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Description INFOID:0000000010623249

Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623250

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Push fan switch and operate blower fan.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates.
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of drive belt. Refer to EM-24, "Inspection" (MR engine models), EM-174, "Inspection" (QR
engine models) or EM-309, "Inspection" (R9M engine models).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE
Connect recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform pressure inspection with gauge.
Refer to HA-28, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK ECV
Perform ECV circuit diagnosis. Refer to HAC-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
6.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER
1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-77, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “+ direction”.
NOTE:
The control temperature can be set with the setting of the temperature setting trimmer.
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-126 T32

 INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-127 T32

 INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000010623251

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623252

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to CO-13, "Inspection" (MR engine models), CO-
39, "Inspection" (QR engine models) or CO-64, "Inspection" (R9M engine models).
2. Check radiator cap or reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-16, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" (MR engine
models), CO-42, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" (QR engine models) or CO-68, "Inspection" (R9M engine
models).
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to CO-14, "Refilling" (MR engine models), CO-40,
"Refilling" (QR engine models) or CO-65, "Refilling" (R9M engine models).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace the parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to HA-61, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> R9M engine models: GO TO 5.
YES-2 >> Except R9M engine models: GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK PTC HEATER
Perform PTC heater diagnosis. Refer to HAC-121, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
6.CHECK SETTING OF TEMPERATURE SETTING TRIMMER
1. Check setting value of temperature setting trimmer. Refer to HAC-77, "Temperature Setting Trimmer".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-128 T32

 INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Check that temperature setting trimmer is set to “− direction”.
NOTE: A
The control temperature can be set by the temperature setting trimmer.
3. Set difference between the set temperature and control temperature to “0”.
Are the symptoms solved? B
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".
C

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-129 T32

 COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000010623253

SYMPTOM
Compressor does not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623254

NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-117, "Component Function Check".
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-405, "Diagnosis Procedure" (MR engine models), EC-801,
"Diagnosis Procedure" (QR engine models) or EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure" (R9M engine models).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status

OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On
OFF Off
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Exploded View".
NO >> Replace A/C auto amp. Refer to HAC-132, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-130 T32

 A/C CONTROL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

A/C CONTROL
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623255
B
Refer to the following.
• Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View". (For CHINA)
• Refer to IP-45, "Exploded View". (Except for CHINA) C

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623256

D
REMOVAL
1. Disengage fixing metal clips and pawls, and then remove A/C
control from instrument panel assembly according to numerical E
order 1→2 indicated by arrows as shown in the figure.

: Pawl
F
: Metal clip

JMIIA3390ZZ

H
2. Disconnect harness connectors.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-131 T32

 A/C AUTO AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
A/C AUTO AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623257

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH and RH. Refer to the following.
• Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
2. Remove fixing screw and disconnect harness connectors .

JMIIA3392ZZ

3. Remove A/C auto amp. from A/C unit assembly.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-132 T32

 AMBIENT SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
AMBIENT SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623258

REMOVAL B
1. Remove front bumper fascia assembly. Refer to EXT-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector .
C
: Pawl

3. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove ambient sensor. D

JMIIA3393ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
G

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-133 T32

 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
IN-VEHICLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623259

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel center. Refer to the following.
• Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
2. Remove fixing screw, and then remove in-vehicle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-134 T32

 SUNLOAD SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
SUNLOAD SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623260

REMOVAL B
1. Apply protective tapes (A) on instrument panel assembly to pro-
tect from damage.
C

E
JMIIA3364ZZ

2. Disengage fixing pawls using a remover tool, and then pull up F

sunload sensor.

: Pawl G
CAUTION:
Using a remover tool wrapped in tape.
H

HAC
JMIIA3391ZZ

3. Disconnect harness connector, and then remove sunload sensor.

J
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
K

Revision: 2014 September HAC-135 T32

 INTAKE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
INTAKE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623261

Refer to HA-52, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623262

REMOVAL
Except For CHINA
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower cover LH: Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
• Glove box cover: Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
2. Turn intake sensor clockwise, and then remove intake sensor
from A/C unit assembly.
3. Disconnect harness connector from intake sensor.
CAUTION:
If disconnect harness connector from intake sensor,
replace intake sensor with a new one.

JMIIA3398ZZ

For CHINA
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH. Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector from intake sensor.
3. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove intake sensor.

: Pawl

JMIIA3607ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the order of removal.
CAUTION:
If disconnect harness connector from intake sensor, replace intake sensor with a new one. (except for
China)

Revision: 2014 September HAC-136 T32

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623263

Refer to HA-47, "Exploded View". B

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623264

REMOVAL C
Refer to HA-50, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-137 T32

 PTC HEATER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011504409

REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box cover or instrument lower panel RH Refer to the following.
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel RH (RHD models): IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
2. Disconnect PTC heater connector.
3. Remove fixing screws , and then remove PTC heater from A/
C unit assembly.

JMIIA3532ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-138 T32

 POWER TRANSISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
POWER TRANSISTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623266

Refer to HA-52, "Exploded View". B

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623267

REMOVAL C

Except For CHINA

1. Disconnect power transistor harness connector. D
2. Remove fixing screw and disengage fixing pawl.

: Pawl E

G
JMIIA3399ZZ

3. Remove power transistor from A/C unit assembly. H

For CHINA
1. Remove brake pedal assembly mounting nuts. Refer to BR-25, "Exploded View".
2. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove intake box cover HAC
according to numerical order 1→2 indicated by arrows as shown
in the figure.
J

L
JMIIA3605ZZ

3. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove power tansister from intake box upper case according to
M
numerical order 1→3 indicated by arrows as shown in the figure.

JMIIA3606ZZ
P

: Pawl
: Vehicle front

4. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.

INSTALLATION

Revision: 2014 September HAC-139 T32

 POWER TRANSISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-140 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
DOOR MOTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623268

EXCEPT FOR CHINA B

LEFT SIDE
C

HAC

JMIIA3368GB J

A/C unit assembly Intake door lever Intake door link

Intake door motor Air mix door motor LH K

Revision: 2014 September HAC-141 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
RIGHT SIDE

JMIIA3367GB

A/C unit assembly Side ventilator door lever Foot door lever
Foot door link Main link Air mix door lever
Air mix door rod Air mix door motor lever Air mix door motor RH
Mode door link Mode door motor Mode door lever

: Indicates that the part is connected at pints with same symbol in actual vehicle.

FOR CHINA

Revision: 2014 September HAC-142 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]

H
JMIIA3608ZZ

A/C unit assembly Intake door motor Rear ventilator door link
HAC
Mode door link Mode door lod Mode door lever
Mode door motor Air mix door motor RH
: Vehicle front J

AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR

AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623269
K

REMOVAL
L
Air Mix Door Motor RH
1. Set the temperature at 32°C (90°F).
CAUTION: M
Always perform the above procedure when removing air mix door motor. Otherwise, air mix door
may interfere in A/C unit assembly may be damaged.
2. Remove instrument upper panel assist, instrument lower panel RH or glove box cover. Refer to the follow-
N
ing.
• Instrument upper panel assist: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel RH (RHD models): IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) O
3. Remove foot duct RH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect air mix door motor harness connector.
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-143 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
5. Remove fixing screws , and then remove air mix door motor
RH. (Except for CHINA)

JMIIA3397ZZ

6. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove air mix door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated
by arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)

JMIIA3610ZZ

Air Mix Door Motor LH

1. Set the temperature at 18°C (64°F).
CAUTION:
Always perform the above procedure when removing air mix door motor. Otherwise, air mix door
may interfere in A/C unit assembly may be damaged.
2. Remove instrument lower panel LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower panel LH: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel LH (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
• Glove box cover (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
3. Remove foot duct LH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect air mix door motor harness connector.
5. Remove fixing screws , and then remove air mix door motor
LH.

JMIIA3395ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installing door motor, perform door motor starting position. Refer to HAC-80, "Work Procedure".

INTAKE DOOR MOTOR

Revision: 2014 September HAC-144 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623270

A
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower panel LH: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA) B
• Instrument lower panel LH (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
• Glove box cover (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) C
2. Disconnect intake door motor harness connector.
3. Remove fixing screws , and then remove intake door motor.
(Except for CHINA) D

JMIIA3394ZZ

G
4. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove intake door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated by
arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)
H

HAC

JMIIA3609ZZ

INSTALLATION K
Install in the reverse order of removal.

L
MODE DOOR MOTOR
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623271
M
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument upper panel assist, instrument lower panel RH or glove box cover. Refer to the follow-
ing. N
• Instrument upper panel assist: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel RH (RHD models): IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) O
2. Remove foot duct RH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect mode door motor harness connector.
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-145 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING]
4. Remove fixing screws , mode door motor. (Except for CHINA)

JMIIA3396ZZ

5. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove mode door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated by
arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)

JMIIA3611ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installing door motor, perform door motor starting position. Refer to HAC-80, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-146 T32

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010623449

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing HAC
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011491230

• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key K
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
L
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition M
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
N
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of O
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE: P
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to instruction described below.
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Turn ignition switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
4. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-147 T32

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
5. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.

D4D engine : 20 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-148 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
B
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010623274

HAC

JMIIA3934ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-149 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Left side of A/C unit assembly (ex- Left side of A/C unit assembly (for Right side of A/C unit assembly (ex-
cept for China) China) cept for China)
Right side of A/C unit assembly (for
China)

No. Component Function

Magnet clutch HAC-157, "COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch"
Compressor ECV (Electrical Con-
HAC-157, "COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve)"
trol Valve)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Except R9M en-
HAC-158, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
gine models)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (R9M engine mod-
HAC-158, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
els)
Ambient sensor HAC-158, "Ambient Sensor"
ECM, when receiving A/C ON signal and blower fan ON signal from A/C
amp., transmits A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN com-
munication according to status of the engine and refrigerant pressure.
ECM receives cooling fan request signal from A/C amp.
ECM transmits engine coolant temperature signal and refrigerant pressure
ECM
sensor signal to A/C amp. via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-27, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" (MR engine models), EC-439, "Component Parts Location" (QR en-
gine models) or EC-821, "Component Parts Location" (R9M engiene
models) for detailed installation location.
A/C relay is integrated in IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R operates A/C relay when re-
ceiving A/C compressor request signal from ECM via CAN communication
line.
IPDM E/R IPDM E/R controls ECV compressor when receiving ECV control signal from
A/C amp. via CAN communication line.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal and vehicle speed
Combination meter
signal to A/C amp. via CAN communication line.
A/C control (A/C amp.) HAC-157, "A/C Control (A/C Amp.)"

Fan control amp.*1 HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Fan Control Amp."

Intake sensor*1 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor"

Air mix door motor*1 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor"

Intake door motor*1 HAC-155, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor"

Intake door motor*2 HAC-155, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor"

Intake sensor*2 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor"

Power transistor*2 HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor"

Mode door motor*1 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor"

Blower motor*1 HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

Air mix door motor*2 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor"

Mode door motor*2 HAC-154, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor"

Blower motor*2 HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

• *1: Except for China

• *2: For China
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2014 September HAC-150 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011420033

A
RHD MODELS

HAC

O
JMIIA3796ZZ

Right side of A/C unit assembly P

No. Component Function

Ambient sensor HAC-158, "Ambient Sensor"

PTC relay-1/2/3 PTC relay is controlled by BCM, and supplies power supply to PTC heater.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-151 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
No. Component Function
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal,
cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
ECM BCM via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-821, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
BCM receives each signals, and controls PTC relay.
BCM transmits idle up signal to ECM according to electrical load condition.
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
for detailed installation location.
Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal to BCM via CAN
Combination meter
communication line.
PTC heater HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater"

Blower motor HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

LHD MODELS

Revision: 2014 September HAC-152 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

N
JMIIA3682ZZ

Right side of A/C unit assembly O

No. Component Function

P
Ambient sensor HAC-158, "Ambient Sensor"

PTC relay-1/2/3 PTC relay is controlled by BCM, and supplies power supply to PTC heater.
ECM transmits engine speed signal, engine coolant temperature signal,
cooling fan speed request signal, and electrical power cut freeze signal to
ECM BCM via CAN communication line.
Refer to EC-821, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-153 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
No. Component Function
Combination meter transmits ambient temperature signal to BCM via CAN
Combination meter
communication line.
BCM receives each signals, and controls PTC relay.
BCM transmits idle up signal to ECM according to electrical load condition.
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
for detailed installation location.
PTC heater HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater"

Blower motor HAC-156, "A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor"

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Sensor INFOID:0000000010623276

Intake sensor measures evaporator fin temperature. The sensor

uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.

JSIIA1630GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Air Mix Door Motor INFOID:0000000010623277

DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for air mix door motor.
• When a drive signal is input from A/C amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position.
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door by link and lever, then air flow
temperature is switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to air mix door, then air flow temperature is switched.
AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR DRIVE METHOD
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.

JMIIA3574GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Mode Door Motor INFOID:0000000010623278

DESCRIPTION
• The step motor system is adopted for mode door motor.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-154 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
• When a drive signal is input from A/C amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position. A
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator and defroster
door, sub defroster door, side ventilator door, and foot door) by link, rod, and lever, then air outlet is switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to mode door (center ventilator door, side ventilator
B
door, rear ventilator door, foot door and defroster door) by link, rod and lever, then air outlet is switched.
MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE METHOD
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor. C
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation.

JMIIA3564GB
H
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Intake Door Motor INFOID:0000000010623279

DESCRIPTION HAC
• The step motor system is adopted for intake door motor.
• When a drive signal is input from A/C amp. to door motor, a step motor built into the door motor rotates
according to the drive signal, and then stops at the target door position. J
• For models except for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door by lever, then air inlet is
switched.
• For models for China, rotation of motor is transmitted to intake door, then air inlet is switched.
K
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE METHOD
• The 4 drive coils are excited in sequence in order to drive the motor.
• Direction of rotation is changeable by recomposing pattern of excitation. L

P
JMIIA3565GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-155 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Blower Motor INFOID:0000000010623280

• Brush motor, that rotates coil while brush functions as contact

points, is adopted for blower motor.
• Rotation speed changes according to voltage from fan control
amp. (except for China) or power transistor (for China).

JMIIA0793GB

A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Fan Control Amp. INFOID:0000000010623281

• Fan control amp., that uses MOS field effect transistor, is adopted
for blower motor speed control.
NOTE:
MOS field effect transistor is a transistor for which the gate portion
is composed of a metal electrode on an oxide layer of semiconduc-
tor. Field effect transistor is controlled by voltage, while ordinary
transistor is controlled by current. Electrode of field effect transistor
is called source, drain, or gate, while electrode of ordinary transis-
tor is called emitter, collector, or base.
• Fan control amp. continuously controls voltage to blower motor,
according to gate voltage from A/C amp.
JMIIA1317ZZ
• This power transistor does not require a HI relay even when the
maximum voltage is applied to blower motor at HI status, because voltage drop is nominal.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : Power Transistor INFOID:0000000010623465

• Power transistor, that uses MOS field effect transistor, is adopted

for blower motor speed control.
NOTE:
MOS field effect transistor is a transistor for which the gate portion
is composed of a metal electrode on an oxide layer of semiconduc-
tor. Field effect transistor is controlled by voltage, while ordinary
transistor is controlled by current. Electrode of field effect transistor
is called source, drain, or gate, while electrode of ordinary transis-
tor is called emitter, collector, or base.
• Power transistor continuously controls voltage to blower motor,
according to gate voltage from A/C amp.
JMIIA3629ZZ
• This power transistor does not require a HI relay even when the
maximum voltage is applied to blower motor at HI status, because voltage drop is nominal.
A/C UNIT ASSEMBLY : PTC Heater INFOID:0000000011420034

• PTC heater is installed on passenger lower side of A/C unit assembly.

• Heat element is heated and air flow temperature is increased by
power supply from PTC relay.

JMIIA2397ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-156 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
COMPRESSOR
A
COMPRESSOR : Magnet Clutch INFOID:0000000010623283

DESCRIPTION B
Compressor is driven by the magnet clutch which is magnetized by electric power supply.
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
• Magnet clutch consists of pulley, clutch disc, and field coil. C
- Pulley is connected with crankshaft pulley of engine via drive belt
and is always rotated while engine is running.
- Clutch disc is connected with drive shaft of compressor. D
- Field coil, which becomes a strong electric magnet when electricity
is supplied, strongly pulls clutch disc and presses it to pulley.
• When A/C relay integrated in IPDM E/R turns ON, electricity is
supplied to field coil, clutch disc is presses to pulley, and engine E
rotational movement is transmitted from crankshaft pulley ⇒ drive
belt ⇒ pulley ⇒ clutch disc ⇒ drive shaft. Compressor is operated.
When A/C relay turns OFF, electricity is not supplied to field coil, F
JMIIA1767GB
and clutch disc is released from pulley. Compressor is not oper-
ated.
COMPRESSOR : ECV (Electrical Control Valve) INFOID:0000000010623284 G

• ECV (Electrical Control Valve) is integrated in the compressor.

IPDM E/R receives the ECV control signal from A/C amp. via CAN H
communication, and ECV is controlled according to the control sig-
nal transmitted from IPDM E/R.
• ECV is controlled according to the control signal transmitted from
IPDM E/R. HAC
The control signal transmitted by IPDM E/R is controlled according
to the ECV control signal transmitted from A/C amp. via CAN com-
munication. J
• ECV varies the air pressure balance in the left and right air spaces
that are divided by the cam plate in order to change the angle of
JMIIA3566GB
the cam plate inside the compressor.
By changing the cam plate angle, it changes the piston stroke and controls the refrigerant discharge amount. K
A/C Control (A/C Amp.) INFOID:0000000010623285

L
A/C control (A/C amp.) controls A/C by calculations based on signals
transmitted from each sensor and switch.
A/C control (A/C amp.) includes a self-diagnosis function. Diagnosis
of the manual air conditioning system can be performed quickly. M

O
JMIIA3575ZZ

Revision: 2014 September HAC-157 T32

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Ambient Sensor INFOID:0000000010623286

Ambient sensor measures ambient air temperature. The sensor

uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.

JMIIA1719GB

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010623287

DESCRIPTION
• The refrigerant pressure sensor converts high-pressure side refrigerant pressure into voltage and outputs it
to ECM.
• ECM operates cooler cycle protection and cooling fan speed control according to voltage value that is input.

PBIB2657E

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION

• The refrigerant pressure sensor is a capacitance type sensor. It consists of a pressure detection area and a
signal processing area.
• The pressure detection area, which is a variable capacity condenser, changes internal static capacitance
according to pressure force.
• The signal processing area detects the static capacitance of the pressure detection area, converts the static
capacitance into a voltage value, and transmits the voltage value to ECM.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-158 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
SYSTEM
A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010623288
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C

HAC

JMIIA3576GB
M
NOTE:
For China models, fan control amp. is change to power transistor.
DESCRIPTION N
• Automatic air conditioning system is controlled by each function of A/C amp.,ECM and IPDM E/R.
• Each operation of air conditioning system can be controlled by A/C control (built-in A/C amp.).
• A/C control switch indicator is turned ON/OFF by air conditioning system operation condition.
O
CONTROL BY A/C AMP.
• HAC-160, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control"
• HAC-160, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
P
• HAC-161, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control"
• HAC-166, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Cooling Fan Control"
• HAC-167, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Motor Starting Position Reset Control"
• Correction for input value
Ambient temperature correction
- A/C amp. inputs the temperature detected by ambient sensor as the ambient temperature.
- A/C amp. performs the correction of the temperature detected by ambient sensor for air conditioning control.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-159 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
- A/C amp. selects and uses the initial value of ambient temperature data depending on the engine coolant
temperature when turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON. The detection temperature of the ambient
sensor is used when engine coolant temperature is low [less than approximately 56°C (133°F)]. The mem-
ory data (before the ignition switch is OFF) when the engine is warmed up [approximately 56°C (133°F) or
more].
- The correction of the ambient temperature is not performed when the detection temperature of the ambient
temperature is less than approximately −20°C (–4°F).
Intake temperature correction
- A/C amp. inputs the temperature detected by intake sensor as the intake temperature (evaporator tempera-
ture).
- A/C amp. performs the correction of the temperature detected by intake sensor for air conditioning control.
- A/C amp. performs the correction so that the recognition intake temperature changes depending on the dif-
ference between the detected intake temperature and the recognition intake temperature. If the difference is
large, the changing is early. The changing becomes slow as the difference becomes small.
CONTROL BY ECM
HAC-160, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
CONTROL BY IPDM E/R
HAC-160, "MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control"
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Air Inlet Control INFOID:0000000010623289

DESCRIPTION
• A/C amp. controls the intake door motor and switches the air inlets.
• A/C amp. controls the air inlets so that they are set to fresh air intake, when compressor is stopped by low
temperature protection control.
• When the following conditions are met, A/C amp. controls the air inlets to 20% recirculation. (However, this
does not occur when high water temperature control is in effect.)
At this time, the intake switch indicator lamp turns OFF.
- Fan control dial: 21th - 24th
- Temperature control dial: Full hot
- Air outlet mode (Except for China): D/F or DEF
- Air outlet mode (For China): DEF
HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CONTROL
When either of the following conditions is met, A/C amp. changes the air inlets to recirculation.
Condition 1
• Air outlet: Other than D/F or DEF
• A/C switch: ON
• Ambient temperature: More than 25°C (77°F)
• Vehicle speed: 30 km/h or more
• Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
Condition 2
• Air outlet: D/F or DEF
• Air inlet: Fresh air intake
• A/C switch: ON
• Ambient temperature: More than 25°C (77°F)
• Vehicle speed: 30 km/h or more
• Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Compressor Control INFOID:0000000010623290

DESCRIPTION
• When the compressor activation condition is satisfied while blower motor is activated, A/C amp. transmits A/
C ON signal and blower fan ON signal to ECM.
• ECM judges the conditions of each sensor (Refrigerant pressure sensor signal, accelerator position signal,
etc.), and transmits the A/C compressor request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN communication line.
• By receiving the A/C compressor request signal from ECM, IPDM E/R turns the A/C relay to ON, and acti-
vates the compressor. Refer to PCS-8, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-160 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
CONTROL BY A/C AMP.
A
Low Temperature Protection Control
When intake sensor detects that evaporator fin temperature is [−
5.0°C (23.0°F)] or less, A/C amp. requests ECM to turn the compres-
sor OFF, and stops the compressor. B
When the air temperature returns to [1.0°C (33.8°F)] or more, the
compressor is activated.
C

JMIIA2550GB

Refrigerant Discharge Amount Control E

• A/C amp. transmits the ECV control signal via CAN communication. IPDM E/R transmits the control signal to
ECV according to the received ECV control signal.
• ECV is controlled according to change in the duty ratio of the transmitted control signal.
• Except when temperature setting is full cold or outlet is DEF, A/C amp. controls the refrigerant discharge F
amount according to the required cooling capacity.
• A/C amp. increases the refrigerant discharge amount when evaporator temperature is higher than the target
temperature upper limit, and reduces the refrigerant discharge amount when evaporator temperature is at or G
below the target temperature upper limit.
NOTE:
Target temperature upper limit value of evaporator can be changed using “TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP
H
UPPER LIMIT SETTING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of CONSULT. Refer to HAC-202, "Setting of Target
Evaporator Temperature Upper Limit Value".
Compressor Oil Circulation Control
HAC
When the engine starts, A/C amp. activates the compressor for a few seconds and circulates the compressor
oil once.
CONTROL BY ECM J
Compressor Protection Control at Pressure Malfunction
When the high-pressure side value that is detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is as per the following state,
ECM requests IPDM E/R to turn A/C relay OFF and stops the compressor. K
• 3.12 MPa (31.82 kg/cm2, 452.4 psi) or more (When the engine speed is less than 1,500 rpm)
• 2.74 MPa (27.95 kg/cm2, 397.3 psi) or more (When the engine speed is 1,500 rpm or more)
• 0.14 MPa (1.43 kg/cm2, 20.3 psi) or less L

Air Conditioning Cut Control

When the engine condition is high load, ECM transmit A/C relay OFF request to IPDM E/R, and stops the
compressor. M

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Control INFOID:0000000010623291

N
SWITCH AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION
Except For China
O

Revision: 2014 September HAC-161 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3570ZZ

Intake door Blower motor Air conditioner filter

Evaporator Heater core PTC heater*
Air mix door Foot door Side ventilator door
Sub defroster door Center ventilator and defroster door
Fresh air Recirculation air Discharge air

Defroster Center ventilator Side ventilator

Rear ventilator Front foot Rear foot

*: R9M engine models

NOTE:
The sub defroster door and side ventilator door include a permanent opening and does not fully close.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-162 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Door position A
Mode door

Center ventilator and defroster door

B

Side ventilator door

Sub defroster door
Switch/dial position

Foot door
Intake Air mix C
door door

E
VENT switch — —

B/L switch
F
FOOT switch

D/F switch
G
DEF switch

INTAKE switch
H

Full cold — — — —

Temperature control dial Full cold – Full hot — – HAC

Full hot

For China J

Revision: 2014 September HAC-163 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JMIIA3627ZZ

Intake door Blower motor Air conditioner filter

Evaporator Heater core Air mix door
Foot door Rear ventilator door Side ventilator door
Center ventilator door Defroster door
Fresh air Recirculation air Discharge air

Defroster Center ventilator Side ventilator

Rear ventilator* Front foot Rear foot

*: With rear ventilator

Revision: 2014 September HAC-164 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Door position A
Mode door

Center ventilator door

Rear ventilator door

Side ventilator door
B

Defroster door
Switch/dial position

Foot door
Intake Air mix
door door
C

VENT switch D
B/L switch

FOOT switch — E
D/F switch —

DEF switch
F
INTAKE switch

G
Full cold — — — — —

Temperature control dial Full cold – Full hot — –

Full hot H

AIR DISTRIBUTION
Except for China HAC

Discharge air flow

Air outlet/distribution
J

Ventilator Foot
MODE position
Front Defroster
Rear Front Rear K
Center Side
47% 38% 15% — — —
L
25% 34% 13% 18% 10% —

— 7% 4% 38% 24% 27%

— 6% 2% 30% 17% 45% M

— 8% 2% — — 90%

For China N
With rear ventilator
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
O
Ventilator Foot
MODE position
Front Defroster
Rear Front Rear P
Center Side
39% 40% 13% 2% 3% 3%

35% 30% 10% 12% 12% 1%

— 18% 2% 30% 24% 26%

Revision: 2014 September HAC-165 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
Ventilator Foot
MODE position
Front Defroster
Rear Front Rear
Center Side
— 14% — 20% 17% 49%

— 9% — 6% 85%

Without rear ventilator

Discharge air flow
Air outlet/distribution
MODE position Ventilator Foot
Defroster
Center Side Front Rear
44% 46% 2% 4% 4%

39% 34% 13% 13% 1%

— 18% 31% 24% 27%

— 14% 20% 17% 49%

— 9% 6% 85%

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Cooling Fan Control INFOID:0000000010623292

DESCRIPTION
A/C amp. controls the cooling fan operation request according to the refrigerant pressure status and vehicle
speed status.
NOTE:
For an overview of the cooling fan and information about control, refer to EC-56, "COOLING FAN CONTROL :
System Description" (MR engine models), EC-471, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" (QR
engine models) or EC-852, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description" (R9M engine models).
CONTROL OUTLINE
• A/C amp. receives the refrigerant pressure sensor signal from ECM via CAN communication, and the vehi-
cle speed signal from the combination meter via CAN communication.
• A/C amp. sets one of the optionally determined stages according to the received refrigerant pressure sensor
signal and vehicle speed signal.
NOTE:
For the rules that prescribe the predetermined stages, refer to the following figures.
• Vehicle speed stages
Vehicle speed [Km/h (MPH)]
- : 12 (7.5)
- : 20 (12)
- : 72 (45)
- : 80 (50)

JMIIA3568GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-166 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
• Refrigerant pressure stages (except for China)
Refrigerant pressure [MPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)] A
- : 0.7 (7, 7.14, 102)
- : 1.0 (10, 10.2, 145)
- : 1.08 (10.8, 11.0, 157) B
- : 1.38 (13.8, 14.1, 200)
- : 1.68 (168, 17.1, 244)
C

JMIIA3577GB

D
• Refrigerant pressure stages (For China)
Refrigerant pressure [MPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)]
- : 0.7 (7, 7.14, 102) E
- : 1.0 (10, 10.2, 145)
- : 1.28 (12.8, 13.1, 186)
- : 1.58 (15.8, 16.1, 229) F
- : 1.88 (18.8, 19.2, 273)
- : 2.08 (20.8, 21.2, 302)
G
JMIIA3569GB

• The requested cooling fan operation strength (0%, 40%, 100%%) is determined as shown in the following H
table according to the combination of these two stages, and the request signal is transmitted to ECM via
CAN communication.
Cooling fan operation strength HAC
Unit: %
Refrigerant pressure stages
—
1 2 3 4 J
1 40 40 100 100
Vehicle speed stag-
2 40 40 100 100
es K
3 0 0 0 100

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Door Motor Starting Position Reset Control L
INFOID:0000000010623293

• Step motors are used for the mode door motor air mix door motor, and intake door motor.
• Because the step motors do not have position detection mechanisms, there may be a deviation between the M
door position recognized by A/C amp. and the actual door position.
Therefore, A/C amp. performs motor zero position reset for aligning its recognized door position with the
actual door position.
• The reset signal is transmitted from A/C amp. to the air mix door motor, mode door motor, and intake door N
motor, which then perform zero position reset.
• After any of the following conditions is met, A/C amp. performs motor zero position reset when the ignition
switch is next turned ON. O
- The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF a total of 360 times.
- The ignition switch turns OFF while the mode door motor, air mix door motor, or intake door motor is operat-
ing.
• If A/C amp., air mix door motor, mode door motor, or intake door motor is removed, it is necessary to perform P
motor zero position reset using CONSULT.
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010623367

EXCEPT FOR CHINA

Revision: 2014 September HAC-167 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Except R9M Engine Models

JMIIA3621GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-168 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

N
JMIIA3622GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-169 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
R9M Engine Models

JMIIA3935GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-170 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

N
JMIIA3674GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-171 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
FOR CHINA

JMIIA3623GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-172 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

N
JMIIA3624GB

PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM O

Revision: 2014 September HAC-173 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011420035

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JMIIA3583GB

DESCRIPTION
• BCM performs PTC relay ON/OFF control based on engine speed, engine coolant temperature, electrical
power cut freeze signal (permission signal, retention signal, stop signal), blower motor operation state sig-
nal, front window defogger state signal, ambient temperature signal, battery voltage, and electrical load state
(high beam request, low beam request, and others).
• When PTC relay turns ON, power supply is supplied to PTC heater. Heating element is heated and air flow
temperature is increased. Heating is available for a period of time until engine coolant temperature is
increased when engine starts cold in cold climate.
• Idle up request signal is transmitted from BCM to ECM while PTC heater operates. Idle speed is increased,
warming-up is facilitated, and battery electric power is obtained.
• Electric power supplied to PTC heating element is subject to PTC relay control conditions.

PTC heater Operation PTC relay-1 PTC relay-2 PTC relay-3 Electric power (W)
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Approx. 0
PTC heater-1 LOW ON OFF OFF Approx. 333
PTC heater-2 MID ON ON OFF Approx. 666
PTC heater-3 HI ON ON ON Approx. 999
NOTE:
PTC heater operation depends on ambient temperature and battery voltage. PTC heater is ON when ambient
temperature is 8°C or less. PTC heater is OFF when ambient temperature is 12°C (53.6°F) or more. PTC
heater is ON when battery voltage is 11.5 V or more. PTC heater is OFF when battery voltage is 11 V or less.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-174 T32

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011420036

HAC

JMIIA3675GB
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-175 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
OPERATION
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010623295

OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Operation: A/C control

JMIIA3339ZZ

D/F switch FOOT switch B/L switch

VENT switch Fan control dial A/C switch
DEF switch INTAKE switch MAX A/C switch
Temperature control dial

Switch name Function

The air flow temperature can be adjusted by operating the dial.
Temperature control
• Clockwise: Raise the air flow temperature.
dial
• Counterclockwise: Lower the air flow temperature.
Fan control dial The air flow can be manually set within the range of speeds 1st - 24th by operating the dial.
Compressor control (switch indicator) changes between ON ⇔ OFF each time this switch is pressed
while blower motor is operated.
A/C switch
NOTE:
A/C switch cannot be turned ON when blower motor is OFF.
• Air conditioning becomes the following status when MAX A/C is turned ON by pushing the switch while
blower fan is operated.
- Air outlet: VENT (Air outlet is set to VENT position, but VENT switch indicator lamp is not indicated.)
- Air flow: Settings set before MAX A/C mode is turned ON
- Temperature setting: Full cold
- Air inlet: Recirculation
- A/C switch: ON
MAX A/C switch
• Air conditioning becomes the following status when MAX A/C is turned OFF by pushing the switch
while MAX A/C is ON.
- Air outlet: VENT (When MAX A/C is turned OFF, VENT switch indicator lamp is turned ON.)
- Air flow: Settings set before MAX A/C is turned ON
- Temperature setting: Settings set before MAX A/C is turned ON
- Air inlet: Settings set before MAX A/C is turned ON
- A/C switch: ON

Revision: 2014 September HAC-176 T32

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Switch name Function
A
Air inlet changes between recirculation (REC) ⇔ fresh air intake (FRE) each time this switch is pressed.
• Switch indicator lamp ON: Recirculation
• Switch indicator lamp OFF: Fresh air intake
NOTE: B
INTAKE switch
• For models for Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru, when air inlet is changed to recirculation (REC) while
blower motor is operated, A/C switch is set to ON.
• For models for China, when air outlet is in the DEF position, air inlet cannot be switched to the fresh
air intake (FRE). C
VENT switch • When each switch is pressed, air outlet can be switched to any position.
• For models except for Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru, air inlet is set to fresh air intake (FRE), when
B/L switch
DEF switch is selected while air conditioning system is in the ON position. D
FOOT switch • For models for Mexico, Chili, Ecuador and Peru, air inlet is set to fresh air intake (FRE) and A/C switch
is set to ON, when D/F or DEF switch is selected while air conditioning system is in the ON position.
D/F switch
NOTE:
DEF switch Air outlet can be changed when air conditioning system is in the OFF position. E

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-177 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AMP.)
Description INFOID:0000000010623296

Air conditioning system performs self-diagnosis, operation check, function diagnosis, and various settings
using diagnosis function of each control unit.

Diagnostic item
ECU
(CONSULT)
Self Diagnostic Result
Data Monitor
A/C amp. HVAC
Active Test
Work support
Self Diagnostic Result
BCM BCM-AIR CONDITIONER
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
ECM ENGINE
Data Monitor
Self Diagnostic Result
IPDM E/R
IPDM E/R Data Monitor
Auto active test

CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010623297

CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with A/C amp.

Diagnostic mode Description

Ecu Identification Displays the part number of A/C amp.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by A/C amp.
Data Monitor Displays the input/output signal of A/C amp.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from A/C amp.
Changes the setting for each setting function and performs automatic adjustment of
Work support
components.
NOTE:
Diagnosis should be performed with engine running. Door motor operation speeds become slower and NO
results may be returned even for normal operation if battery voltage drops below 12 V during self-diagnosis.
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Part number of A/C amp. can be checked.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Diagnosis result that is judged by A/C amp. can be checked. Refer to HAC-185, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Input/output signal of A/C amp. can be checked.
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Display item list
Monitor item [Unit] Description
Ambient temperature value converted from ambient temperature signal received from
AMB TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
combination meter via CAN communication.
Evaporator fin temperature value converted from intake sensor signal received from in-
INT TEMP SEN [°C (°F)]
take sensor.
AMB SEN CAL [°C (°F)] Ambient temperature value calculated by A/C amp.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-178 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (A/C AMP.)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Monitor item [Unit] Description
A
INT TEMP CAL [°C (°F)] Evaporator fin temperature value calculated by A/C amp.
COMP REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays A/C ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to BCM.
COMP ECV DUTY [%] Duty ratio of ECV (electrical control valve) judged by A/C amp. B
FAN REQ SIG [On/Off] Displays blower fan ON signal ON/OFF status transmitted to ECM.
FAN DUTY Target duty ratio of voltage (applied voltage) applied to blower motor by A/C amp.
[km/h C
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed signal value received from combination meter via CAN communication.
(mph)]

ACTIVE TEST
D
The signals used to activate each device forcibly supplied from A/C amp. operation check of air conditioning
system can be performed.

Test item Description E

The operation check of air conditioning system can be performed by selecting the mode.
HVAC TEST
Refer to the following table for the conditions of each mode.
F
Check each output device

Test item G
MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 MODE 5 MODE 6 MODE 7
Mode door motor position VENT VENT B/L B/L FOOT D/F DEF
Intake door motor position REC REC 20% FRE 20% FRE FRE FRE FRE H
Air mix door motor position FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL COLD FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT FULL HOT
Blower motor (duty ratio) 35% 35% 60% 60% 90% 90% 35%
HAC
Magnet clutch ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON
ECV duty ratio 80% 80% 40% 40% 0% 0% 90%
NOTE: J
Perform the inspection of each output device after starting the engine because the compressor is operated.
WORK SUPPORT
K
Setting change of each setting functions and automatic adjustment of components can be performed.

Work item Description Refer to

L
HAC-202, "Setting of Target
TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UP- Setting change of evaporator target temperature upper limit
Evaporator Temperature Up-
PER LIMIT SETTING value can be performed.
per Limit Value"
Starting position reset of air mix door motor and mode door M
Door Motor Starting Position Reset HAC-203, "Work Procedure"
motor can be performed.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-179 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000011673919

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description

Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub system selection item
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Air conditioning system AIR CONDITONER* × ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NVIS - NATS IMMU ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security THEFT ALM × ×
RAP RETAINED PWR ×
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
NOTE:
*: For except R9M engine models, this item is displayed, but not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-180 T32

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description A

BATTERY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
EXTERNAL TEMP °C External temperature of the moment a particular DTC is detected
B

NOTE:
VEHICLE COND —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
C
NOTE:
DOOR LOCK STATUS —
This item is displayed, but cannot be use this item.
POWER SUPPLY
min Displays the cumulative time from the time that the battery terminal is connected. D
COUNTER

AIR CONDITIONER
E
AIR CONDITIONER : CONSULT Function (BCM - AIR CONDITIONER) INFOID:0000000011420038

ACTIVE TEST
F

Test item Operation Description

PTC RELAY-1 Off/On PTC RELAY-1 is turned OFF/ON. G
PTC RELAY-2 Off/On PTC RELAY-2 is turned OFF/ON.
PTC RELAY-3 Off/On PTC RELAY-3 is turned OFF/ON.
H

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-181 T32

 A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

A/C AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010623300

CONSULT DATA MONITOR REFERENCE VALUES

NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Condition Value/Status

Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
perature
Values depending on evapo-
INT TEMP SEN Ignition switch ON
rator fin temperature
Equivalent to ambient tem-
AMB SEN CAL Ignition switch ON
perature
Values depending on evapo-
INT TEMP CAL Ignition switch ON
rator fin temperature
A/C switch: ON
Engine: Run at idle after (Compressor operation sta- On
COMP REQ SIG tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF Off
A/C switch: ON
Engine: Run at idle after (Compressor operation sta- 1 - 100%
COMP ECV DUTY tus)
warming up
A/C switch: OFF 0%

Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON On

FAN REQ SIG
warming up Blower motor: OFF Off

Engine: Run at idle after Blower motor: ON 1 – 100

FAN DUTY
warming up Blower motor: OFF 0
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the Equivalent to speedometer
VEHICLE SPEED
speedometer indication. reading

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMIIA3431ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Revision: 2014 September HAC-182 T32

 A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
B
Blower mo-
tor: 1st - 23rd
2.5 – 3.5 V
speed (man-
Fan control amp. control (except Ignition ual) C
Ground Output
for China) switch ON Blower mo-
tor: 24th
10 – 11 V
speed (man- D
ual)
1 Blower mo-
11 – 14 V
(G) tor: OFF E

Power transistor control signal Ignition Blower mo-

Ground Output F
(for China) switch ON tor: 1st
speed (man-
ual)
G
JMIIA3426GB

3
Ground Accessory power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(SB) H
4
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 11 – 14 V
(V)
7
— CAN-H
Input/
— —
HAC
(L) Output
• Ignition switch ON
• Each following condition J
- Immediately after the IN-
TAKE switch is operated
(when intake door motor
8 Door motor power supply (mode,
Ground Output operates) 11 – 14 V K
(W) intake)
- Immediately after the
VENT, B/L, FOOT, D/F or
DEF switches are operat-
ed (when mode door mo- L
tor operates)
9
Ground Air mix door motor drive 1
(BG) M
• Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the tem-
Output perature control dial is op-
10 erated (when the air mix
(Y)
Ground Air mix door motor drive 2 N
door motor operates)

JPIIA1647GB

11 O
Ground Intake door motor drive 1
(V)
• Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the IN-
Output TAKE switch is operated P
12 (when intake door motor
Ground Intake door motor drive 2
(GR) operates)

JPIIA1647GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-183 T32

 A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
13
Ground Mode door motor drive 1
(LG) • Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the
VENT, B/L, FOOT, D/F or
Output
14 DEF switches are operat-
Ground Mode door motor drive 2 ed (when mode door mo-
(SB)
tor operates)
JPIIA1647GB

Blower mo-
Blower motor feedback (except Ignition tor: 1st
Ground Input 9.0 – 10.5 V
for China) switch ON speed (man-
ual)
17 Blower mo-
11 – 14 V
(W) tor: OFF
Blower motor feedback (for Chi- Ignition Blower mo-
Ground Input
na) switch ON tor: 1st
8.5 V
speed (man-
ual)
18
Ground Sensor ground (intake) — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(BR)
19
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 – 0.1 V
(B)
−20°C
4.41 V
(−4°F)
−10°C
4.09 V
(14°F)
0°C
3.68 V
Air tempera- (32°F)
ture after 10°C
passing 3.21 V
21 (50°F)
Ground Intake sensor Input through
(BG) 20°C
evaporator 2.71 V
(Ignition (68°F)
switch ON) 25°C
2.47 V
(77°F)
30°C
2.23 V
(86°F)
40°C
1.80 V
(104°F)
23 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(R) Output
• Ignition switch ON
• Following condition
24 Door motor power supply (air
Ground Output - Immediately after the tem- 11 – 14 V
(SB) mix)
perature control dial is op-
erated
25
Ground Air mix door motor drive 3
(GR)
• Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the tem-
Output perature control dial is op-
26 erated (when the air mix
Ground Air mix door motor drive 4
(BR) door motor operates)

JPIIA1647GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-184 T32

 A/C AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Condition Value
Input/
+ − Signal name
Output
27 B
Ground Intake door motor drive 3
(LG)
• Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the IN-
Output TAKE switch is operated C
28 (when intake door motor
Ground Intake door motor drive 4
(W) operates)

JPIIA1647GB D
29
Ground Mode door motor drive 3
(BG) • Ignition switch ON
• Immediately after the E
VENT, B/L, FOOT, D/F or
Output
30 DEF switches are operat-
Ground Mode door motor drive 4 ed (when mode door mo-
(G)
tor operates) F
JPIIA1647GB

DTC Index INFOID:0000000010623301 G

Items H
DTC Reference
(CONSULT screen terms)
HAC-204, "DTC Descrip-
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
tion"
HAC
HAC-205, "DTC Descrip-
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
tion"
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND] HAC-206, "DTC Descrip-
B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR J
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN] tion"

[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY] HAC-211, "DTC Descrip-

B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] tion" K
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY] HAC-214, "DTC Descrip-
B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] tion"
L
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY] HAC-217, "DTC Descrip-
B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] tion"

Revision: 2014 September HAC-185 T32

 BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
BCM, ECM, IPDM E/R
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000010623302

ECU Reference
BCS-56, "Reference Value"
BCS-78, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-79, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-80, "DTC Index"
EC-88, "Reference Value"
EC-102, "Fail-safe"
MR engine models
EC-106, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-108, "DTC Index"
EC-500, "Reference Value"
EC-512, "Fail Safe"
ECM QR engine models
EC-515, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-516, "DTC Index"
EC-900, "Reference Value"
EC-912, "Fail-safe"
R9M engine models
EC-918, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-919, "DTC Index"
PCS-23, "Reference Value"
PCS-35, "Fail-safe"
IPDM E/R
PCS-38, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
PCS-39, "DTC Index"

Revision: 2014 September HAC-186 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010623303
B

HAC

JRIWC3784GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-187 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3785GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-188 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3786GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-189 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3787GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-190 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3788GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-191 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3789GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-192 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3790GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-193 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3791GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-194 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

HAC

JRIWC3792GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-195 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

JRIWC3793GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-196 T32

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010623304
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

HAC

JMKIA8652GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: 2014 September HAC-197 T32

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to DTC INSPECTION PRIORITY CHART, and determine trouble diag-
nosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Revision: 2014 September HAC-198 T32
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART B

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
C
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

D
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the E
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected. F
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4. G
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-199 T32

 OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
OPERATION INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010623305

DESCRIPTION
The purpose of the operation inspection is to check that the individual system operates normally.

Check condition : Engine running at normal operating temperature.

OPERATION INSPECTION
1.CHECK FAN SPEED
1. Start engine.
2. Operate fan control dial and check that fan speed changes.
3. Check operation for all fan speeds.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK AIR OUTLET
1. Operate fan switch to set the fan speed to maximum speed.
2. Operate VENT, B/L, FOOT, D/F and DEF switch.
3. Check that air outlets change according to each indicated air outlet by placing a hand in front of the out-
lets.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK AIR INLET
1. Press INTAKE switch to set the air inlet to recirculation. The INTAKE switch indicator turns ON.
2. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
3. Press INTAKE switch again to set the air inlet to fresh air intake. The INTAKE switch indicator turns OFF.
4. Listen to intake sound and confirm air inlets change.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK COMPRESSOR
1. Press A/C switch. The A/C switch indicator turns ON.
2. Check visually and by sound that the compressor operates.
3. Press A/C switch again. The A/C switch indicator turns OFF.
4. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
5.CHECK DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE
1. Operate temperature control dial.
2. Check that discharge air temperature changes.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 8.
6.CHECK WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING LOWERED
1. Operate compressor.
2. Operate temperature control dial to lower the set to full cold.
3. Check that cool air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2014 September HAC-200 T32

 OPERATION INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8. A
7.CHECK TEMPERATURE INCREASE
1. Warm up engine to the normal operating temperature.
B
2. Operate temperature control dial to raise the set to full hot.
3. Check that warm air blows from the air outlets.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT D
1. Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT.
2. Check that any DTC is detected.
Is any DTC detected? E
YES >> Refer to HAC-185, "DTC Index", and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
NO >> Refer to HAC-235, "Symptom Table", and perform the appropriate diagnosis.
F

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-201 T32

 SYSTEM SETTING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
SYSTEM SETTING
Setting of Target Evaporator Temperature Upper Limit Value INFOID:0000000010623306

DESCRIPTION
Setting of upper limit value of target evaporator temperature can be changed. Control characteristic of com-
pressor control (refrigerant discharge amount control) changes according to change of the setting, and then
operation ratio of compressor and refrigerant discharge amount are changed. According to change of the set-
ting, control characteristic focusing on the fuel consumption can be adjusted to control characteristic focusing
on the cooling capacity.
HOW TO SET
With CONSULT
Perform “TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UPPER LIMIT SETTING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “HVAC”
using CONSULT.

Work support items Display Setting

Initial setting (initial status) Initial setting

TARGET EVAPORATOR TEMP UPPER High Setting 1

LIMIT SETTING Middle Setting 2
Low Setting 3

Target evapora-
Setting tor temperature Evaporator freezing protection control Refrigerant discharge amount control
upper limit value
Initial set-
12°C (54°F) Initial setting Initial setting
ting
Operation ratio of compressor increases from ini- Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 1 7°C (45°F)
tial setting. initial setting.
Operation ratio of compressor increases from ini- Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 2 5°C (41°F)
tial setting 1. initial setting 1.
Operation ratio of compressor increases from Refrigerant discharge amount increases from
Setting 3 3°C (37°F)
setting 2. setting 2.
NOTE:
• A/C amp. stores the setting at the time 1 minute after the ignition switch turns OFF.
• When the battery cable is disconnected from the negative terminal or when the battery voltage is 10 V or
less, the setting for the difference between the set temperature and control temperature is set to the value
stored 1 minute after most recent ignition switch OFF status.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-202 T32

 DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET
A
Description INFOID:0000000010623307

• Step motors are used for the mode door motor air mix door motor, and intake door motor. B
• Because the step motors do not have position detection mechanisms, there may be a deviation between the
door position recognized by A/C amp. and the actual door position.
Therefore, A/C amp. performs motor zero position reset for aligning its recognized door position with the
actual door position. C
• The reset signal is transmitted from A/C amp. to the air mix door motor, mode door motor, and intake door
motor, which then perform zero position reset.
• After any of the following conditions is met, A/C amp. performs motor zero position reset when the ignition D
switch is next turned ON.
- The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF a total of 360 times.
- The ignition switch turns OFF while the mode door motor, air mix door motor, or intake door motor is operat-
ing. E
• If A/C amp., air mix door motor, mode door motor, or intake door motor is removed, it is necessary to perform
motor zero position reset using CONSULT.
F
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010623308

1.PERFORM DOOR MOTOR STARTING POSITION RESET

G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Door Motor Starting Position Reset” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
H
3. Touch “Start” and wait 10 seconds.
4. Make sure the “COMPLETED” is displayed on CONSULT screen.

HAC
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-203 T32

 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623310

DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-board mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. A modern
vehicle is equipped with many ECMs, and each control unit shares information and links with other control
units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, 2 control units are connected with 2 commu-
nication lines (CAN-L line and CAN-H line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-56, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart" for details of the
communication signal.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When A/C amp. is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for
U1000
(CAN COMM CIRCUIT) 2 seconds or more.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
CAN communication system
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-204, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623311

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Check CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-36, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2014 September HAC-204 T32

 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623313

DESCRIPTION B
Initial diagnosis of A/C amp.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) D
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of A/C amp.
[CONTROL UNIT(CAN)]

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
A/C amp. (CAN communication function malfunction)
FAIL-SAFE
— F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT. H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure". HAC
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623314 J

1.REPLACE A/C AMP.

Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". K

>> INSPECTION END

L

Revision: 2014 September HAC-205 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623315

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The intake sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
INTAKE SENSOR too low [less than −44°C (−47°F)].
B24A4
(Intake sensor) The intake sensor recognition temperature is
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
too high [more than 100°C (212°F)].

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND]
• Intake sensor
• A/C amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is shorted to ground.)
[CIRC SHORT TO BATT OR OPEN]
• Intake sensor
• A/C amp.
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted to battery.)
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623316

NOTE:
For models except for China, the intake sensor cannot be reused. If the intake sensor harness connector is
disconnected, sensor must be replaced.
1.CONFIRM VEHICLE MODEL
Confirm vehicle model.
Which models is the vehicle?
Except for China>>GO TO 2.
For China>>GO TO 8.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C amp. harness connector and ground

Revision: 2014 September HAC-206 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
A/C amp. − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
−20°C (−4°F) 4.41 V
−10°C (14°F) 4.09 V
0°C (32°F) 3.68 V C
Sensor detection 10°C (50°F) 3.21 V
M132 21 Ground
temperature 20°C (68°F) 2.71 V
D
25°C (77°F) 2.47 V
30°C (86°F) 2.23 V
40°C (104°F) 1.80 V E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3. F
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.
H
Intake sensor A/C amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 1 M132 21 Existed HAC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. J
4.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C amp harness connector. K

Intake sensor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
M175 2 M132 18 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT N
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

Intake sensor O
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground Not existed
P
2. Check voltage between intake harness connector and ground

+
Intake sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground 0V

Revision: 2014 September HAC-207 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-209, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
8.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/C amp. harness connector terminals.

+
A/C amp. − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
−20°C (−4°F) 4.41 V
−10°C (14°F) 4.09 V
0°C (32°F) 3.68 V

Sensor detection 10°C (50°F) 3.21 V

M132 21 Ground
temperature 20°C (68°F) 2.71 V
25°C (77°F) 2.47 V
30°C (86°F) 2.23 V
40°C (104°F) 1.80 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake sensor harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
Intake sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M175 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C amp harness connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-208 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Intake sensor A/C amp. A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 2 M132 18 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
11.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
Check intake sensor. Refer to HAC-209, "Component Inspection".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".
E
12.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector. F
3. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Intake sensor A/C amp. G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M175 1 M132 21 Existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
HAC
13.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between intake sensor harness connector and ground.
J
Intake sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
K
M175 1 Ground Not existed
2. Check voltage between intake harness connector and ground
L
+
Intake sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal M
M175 1 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623317

NOTE:
For models except for China, the intake sensor cannot be reused. If the intake sensor harness connector is
disconnected, sensor must be replaced.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-209 T32

 B24A4 INTAKE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

1.CONFIRM VEHICLE MODEL

Confirm vehicle model.
Which models is the vehicle?
Except for China>>GO TO 2.
For China>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
1. Remove intake sensor from A/C unit assembly without disconnect intake sensor connector. Refer to HAC-
242, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor harness connector terminals. Refer to applicable table for the
normal value.

Intake sensor Condition

Con- Resistance: kΩ
Terminal Temperature: °C (°F)
nector
−20 (−4) 16.00
−10 (14) 9.62
0 (32) 6.00
10 (50) 3.87
M175 1 2
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12
30 (86) 1.76
40 (104) 1.23
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
1. Remove intake sensor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake sensor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Condition
Terminal Resistance: kΩ
Temperature: °C (°F)
−20 (−4) 16.00
−10 (14) 9.62
0 (32) 6.00
10 (50) 3.87
1 2
20 (68) 2.57
25 (77) 2.12
30 (86) 1.76
40 (104) 1.23
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake sensor. Refer to HAC-242, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-210 T32

 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623318

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Detect short to battery circuit of intake door motor cir-
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR cuits.
B24B7
(Intake door motor) [CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR Detect open or short to ground circuit of intake door D
OPEN] motor circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector (Intake door motor circuit is shorted to battery)
• Intake door motor
• A/C amp. F

[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]

• Harness and connector (Intake door motor circuit is open or shorted to ground) G
• Intake door motor
• A/C amp.
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
HAC
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Refer to HAC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623319

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground for several seconds after press-
ing the INTAKE switch.
O
+
Intake door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal P
M343 2 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: 2014 September HAC-211 T32
 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M343 2 M132 8 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Intake door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M343 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Intake door motor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 11
3 12
M343 M132 Existed
4 27
6 28
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Intake door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
3
M343 Ground Not existed
4
6
2. Check voltage between intake door motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-212 T32

 B24B7 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
Intake door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
1
3
M343 Ground 0V
4 C
6
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR E
Check intake door motor. Refer to HAC-213, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623320

1.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR

H
1. Remove intake door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between intake door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.
HAC
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
J
3
2 90
4
6 K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace intake door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- L
tion".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-213 T32

 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623321

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Detect short to battery circuit of mode door motor cir-
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
MODE DOOR MOTOR cuits.
B24B9
(Mode door motor) [CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR Detect open or short to ground circuit of mode door
OPEN] motor circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector (Mode door motor circuit is shorted to battery)
• Mode door motor
• A/C amp.
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]
• Harness and connector (Mode door motor circuit is open or shorted to ground)
• Mode door motor
• A/C amp.
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to HAC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623322

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mode door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground for several seconds after press-
ing the MODE VENT/FOOT/DEF switch.

+
Mode door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M342 2 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: 2014 September HAC-214 T32
 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector. A
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Mode door motor A/C amp. B

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M342 2 M132 8 Existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
D
3.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and ground.
E
Mode door motor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
M342 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.
HAC
Mode door motor A/C amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
1 13
3 14
M342 M132 Existed
4 29 K
6 30
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT M
1. Check continuity between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

Mode door motor N

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
O
3
M342 Ground Not existed
4
6 P
2. Check voltage between mode door motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-215 T32

 B24B9 MODE DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

+
Mode door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
3
M342 Ground 0V
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR
Check mode door motor. Refer to HAC-216, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623323

1.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR

1. Remove mode door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between mode door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.

Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
3
2 90
4
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mode door motor. Refer to HAC-251, "MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-216 T32

 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010623324

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Detect short to battery circuit of air mix door
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR motor circuits.
B24BB
(Left side air mix door motor) Detect open or short to ground circuit of air mix
[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN] D
door motor circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
[CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY]
• Harness and connector (Air mix door motor circuit is shorted to battery)
• Air Mix door motor
• A/C amp. F

[CIRC SHORT TO GRND OR OPEN]

• Harness and connector (Air mix door motor circuit is open or shorted to ground]) G
• Air mix door motor
• A/C amp.
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
HAC
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “HVAC” using CONSULT.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Refer to HAC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-53, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623325

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air mix door motor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Check voltage between air mix door motor harness connector and ground for several seconds after oper-
ating the temperature control dial.
O
+
Air mix door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal P
M348 2 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Revision: 2014 September HAC-217 T32
 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Air mix door motor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M348 2 M132 24 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and ground.

Air mix door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M348 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Air mix door motor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 9
3 10
M348 M132 Existed
4 25
6 26
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Check continuity between air mix door motor harness connector and ground.

Air mix door motor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
3
M348 Ground Not existed
4
6
2. Check voltage between air mix door motor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-218 T32

 B24BB LEFT AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

+ A
Air mix door motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
B
1
3
M348 Ground 0V
4 C
6
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
6.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR E
Check air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-219, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". F
NO >> Replace air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-249, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa-
tion".
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623326

1.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR

H
1. Remove air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-249, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Check resistance between air mix door motor terminals. Refer to applicable table for the normal value.
HAC
Resistance (Ω)
Terminal
(Approx.)
1
J
3
2 90
4
6 K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace air mix door motor. Refer to HAC-249, "AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installa- L
tion".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-219 T32

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A/C AMP.
A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623327

1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 10 A fuse [No. 20, located in fuse block (J/B)] (without stop/start system) or (No. 59) (with stop/start
system).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK A/C AMP. ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect A/C amp. connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/C amp. harness connector and ground.

+
A/C amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M132 3 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK A/C AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between A/C amp. harness connector and ground.

A/C amp.
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M132 19 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-220 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
BLOWER MOTOR
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623328

1.CONFIRM VEHICLE MODEL B

Confirm vehicle model.
Which models is the vehicle?
C
Except for China>>GO TO 2.
For China>>GO TO 16.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM D
Check symptom (A, B or C).

Symptom E
A Blower motor does not operate.
B Blower motor operates at the maximum fan Blower motor can be switched to OFF.
speed and fan speed cannot be selected. F
C Blower motor cannot be switched to OFF.
Which symptom is detected?
A >> GO TO 3. G
B >> GO TO 12.
C >> GO TO 14.
3.CHECK FUSE H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check following fuses.
- 15 A fuses [Nos. 17 and 27, located in the fuse block (J/B)] HAC
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
4.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY K
1. Disconnect blower motor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground. L

+
M
Blower motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M347 1 Ground 11 – 14 V N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. O
5.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-227, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between blower motor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
6.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY (SOURCE) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-221 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Connect blower motor connector.
3. Disconnect fan control amp. connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector and ground.

+
Fan control amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M346 1 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower motor connector.
3. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and blower motor harness connector.

Fan control amp. Blower motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M346 1 M347 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
8.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and ground.

Fan control amp.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M346 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
9.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL (GATE) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Fan control amp. A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M346 2 M132 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
10.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector and ground.

Fan control amp.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M346 2 Ground Not existed

Revision: 2014 September HAC-222 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. A
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
11.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP.
B
Check fan control amp. Refer to HAC-227, "Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". C
NO >> Replace fan control amp. Refer to HAC-246, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK A/C AMP. IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FEEDBACK SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Check voltage between A/C amp. harness connector and ground.

+ E
A/C amp. − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F
M132 4 Ground 11 – 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. G
NO >> Repair harness or connector between A/C amp. and fuse.
13.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect blower motor connector and A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between blower motor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.
HAC
Blower motor A/C amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
M347 2 M132 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation". K
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
14.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND FAN CONTROL AMP. POWER SUPPLY L
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect following connectors.
- Blower fan motor M
- Fan control amp.
- A/C amp.
3. Check continuity between blower motor harness connector and ground. N

Blower motor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal O
M347 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
15.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
Check harness between fan control amp. harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector for short to
power supply.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-223 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Fan control amp.

— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M346 2 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
16.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 15 A fuse [Nos. 17 and 27, located in fuse block (J/B)].
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
17.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect power transistor connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.

+
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M389 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check blower relay. Refer to HAC-227, "Component Inspection (Blower Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair harness or connector between power transistor and fuse.
NO >> Replace blower relay.
19.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect power transistor connector.
3. Disconnect blower motor connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector and ground.

+
Blower motor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M347 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-224 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Disconnect power transistor connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and blower motor harness connector. A

Power transistor Blower motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
M389 1 M347 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace power transistor. Refer to HAC-245, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
21.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and blower motor harness connector. E

Power transistor Blower motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
M389 2 M347 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
22.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT H
Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and ground.

HAC
Power transistor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M389 6 Ground Existed J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 23.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. K
23.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Connect power transistor connector and A/C amp. connector.
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Set air outlet to VENT.
4. Change fan speed from 1st – 24th, and check duty ratios between power transistor harness connector
and ground by using an oscilloscope. M
NOTE:
Calculate the drive signal duty ratio as shown in the figure.
T2 = Approx. 2.5 ms N

+
Condition
Power transistor Duty ratio O
− Voltage
(Approx.)
Fan speed
Connector Terminal
Air outlet: VENT
1st 24% P
12th 43%

M389 5 Ground
24th 65%

JPIIA1646GB

Revision: 2014 September HAC-225 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 25.
NO >> GO TO 24.
24.CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector and A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Power transistor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 5 M132 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
25.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL
When fan speed is set to OFF, and check voltage between power transistor harness connector and ground.

+
Power transistor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M389 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> GO TO 26.
26.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power transistor connector and A/C amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between power transistor harness connector and A/C amp. harness connector.

Power transistor A/C amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M389 4 M132 17 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
27.REPLACE POWER TRANSISTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace power transistor. Refer to HAC-245, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Change fan speed from 1st – 24th, and check that blower motor operates normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Blower Motor) INFOID:0000000010623329

1.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-I

1. Remove blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check that there is not any mixing foreign object in the blower motor.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2014 September HAC-226 T32

 BLOWER MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation". A
2.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-II
Check that there is not breakage or damage in the blower motor.
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
C
3.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR-III
Check that blower motor turns smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower motor. Refer to VTL-17, "Removal and Installation".
E
Component Inspection (Blower Relay) INFOID:0000000010623330

1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY F

1. Remove blower relay. Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Check continuity between blower relay terminal 3 and 5 when
the voltage is supplied between terminal 1 and 2. G

Terminal Voltage Continuity

ON Existed H
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
HAC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace blower relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (Fan Control Amp.) INFOID:0000000010623331

J

1.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP.

K
1. Remove fan control amp. Refer to HAC-246, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check continuity between fan control amp. terminals.
L
+ −
Continuity
Terminal Terminal
1 3 Existed M
3 1 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fan control amp. Refer to HAC-246, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-227 T32

 MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
MAGNET CLUTCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010623332

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION

CONSULT ACTIVE TEST
1. Select “COMPRESSOR” of IPDM E/R active test item.
2. With operating the test item, check magnet clutch operation by listening and viewing.
Does it operate normally?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623333

1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect compressor connector.
3. Select “COMPRESSOR” of IPDM E/R active test item.
4. With operating the test item, check voltage between compressor harness connector and ground.

+
Compressor − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal

Active test: COM- Off 0 - 0.1 V

F17 1 Ground
PRESSOR On 11 - 14 V
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Check 15 A fuse (No. 77, located in IPDM E/R).
NOTE:
Refer to PG-105, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
3.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and compressor harness connector.

IPDM E/R Compressor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 65 F17 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between compressor harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-228 T32

 MAGNET CLUTCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

Compressor A
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F17 2 Ground Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-229 T32

 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623334

1.CHECK ECV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect compressor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between compressor harness connector and ground.
Except QR engine models

+
Compressor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F59 3 Ground 11 - 14 V

QR engine models

+
Compressor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F61 3 Ground 11 - 14 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECV POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between compressor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Except QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F59 3 F72 71 Existed

QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 3 F72 71 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
3.CHECK ECV CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between compressor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
Except QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 4 F74 98 Existed

Revision: 2014 September HAC-230 T32

 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
QR engine models

Compressor IPDM E/R A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 4 F74 98 Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. C
4.CHECK ECV
Check ECV. Refer to HAC-231, "Component Inspection".
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation"
NO >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010623335

1.CHECK ECV F
Check continuity between compressor terminals.

Terminal Continuity G
3 4 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace compressor. Refer to HA-32, "COMPRESSOR : Removal and Installation".
HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-231 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011420039

1.CHECK PTC HEATER OPERATION

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
NOTE:
• Engine must be cold.
• Battery must be charged.
2. Select “AIR CONDITIONER” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
3. Select “PTC RELAY-1”, “PTC RELAY-2” or “PTC RELAY-3” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Operate blower motor.
5. Operate temperature control switch and set setting temperature to full hot position (32.0°C).
6. Check for warm air at discharge air outlet.

PTC RELAY-1 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-1

PTC RELAY-2 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-2
PTC RELAY-3 : PTC heater operation of PTC relay-3
OFF : Stop the PTC heater operation
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to HAC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011420040

1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check 30 A fuses (Nos. 42, 43 and 44) and 10 A fuse [No. 30, located in fuse block (J/B)].
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK PTC RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect PTC relay connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between PTC relay harness connector and ground.

+
Relay PTC relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
1 E139
3
2
2 E140 Ground Battery voltage
3
2
3 E141
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector between PTC relay and fuse.
3.CHECK PTC RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1. Disconnect BCM connector.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-232 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.
A
PTC relay BCM
Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B
1 E139 172
2 E140 1 E23 173 Existed
3 E141 170 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. D
4.CHECK PTC HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC relay harness connector and PTC heater harness connector. E

PTC relay PTC heater

Continuity
Relay Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
1 E139 1
2 E140 5 E145 3 Existed
G
3 E141 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
5.CHECK PTC HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check continuity between PTC heater harness connector and ground. HAC

PTC heater
— Continuity J
Connector Terminal
2
E145 Ground Existed
4 K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. L
6.CHECK PTC RELAY
Check PTC relay. Refer to HAC-233, "Component Inspection (PTC Relay)". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay. N
7.CHECK PTC HEATER
Check PTC heater. Refer to HAC-234, "Component Inspection (PTC Heater)".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-127, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace PTC heater. Refer to HAC-244, "Removal and Installation".
P
Component Inspection (PTC Relay) INFOID:0000000011420041

1.CHECK PTC RELAY

1. Remove PTC relay.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-233 T32

 PTC HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
2. Check continuity between PTC relay terminals 3 and 5 when the
voltage is supplied between terminals 1 and 2.

Terminal Voltage Continuity

ON Existed
3 5
OFF Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning PTC relay.
JSIIA1551ZZ

Component Inspection (PTC Heater) INFOID:0000000011420042

1.CHECK PTC HEATER

Check resistance between PTC heater terminals.

Terminal Resistance (Ω)

1 2
3 2 and 4 Except [0 or ∞]
5 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PTC heater. Refer to HAC-244, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-234 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010623340
B
NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing the symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected,
perform the corresponding diagnosis. C

Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference

Check A/C amp. power supply and D
• A/C amp. power supply or ground cir-
ground circuits.
Air conditioning cannot be controlled. cuit
HAC-220, "A/C AMP. : Diagnosis
• A/C amp.
Procedure"
E
Check air mix door motor system is
Air mix door motor system installation
Discharge air temperature does not change. properly installed. Refer to HAC-
condition
247, "Exploded View".
F
Check mode door motor system is
Mode door motor system installation
Air outlet does not change. properly installed. Refer to HAC-
condition
247, "Exploded View".
Check intake door motor system is G
Intake door motor system installation
Air inlet does not change. properly installed. Refer to HAC-
condition
247, "Exploded View".
• Blower motor power supply circuit. H
• A/C amp. ignition power supply sig-
nal circuit
• Fan control amp. power supply circuit
Blower motor does not operates or operation speed is HAC
• Fan control amp. ground circuit
not normal. (except for China)
• Fan control amp. control signal circuit
• Blower motor
• Fan control amp.
• A/C amp.
J

• A/C amp. ignition power supply sig-

Blower motor
nal circuit
can be switched K
• Blower motor feedback signal circuit
to OFF.
• A/C amp.
Blower motor operates at the maxi-
mum fan speed and fan speed can- • Blower motor feedback signal circuit Check blower motor circuits.
not be selected. (except for China) Blower motor • A/C amp. power supply circuit HAC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure" L
cannot be • Fan control amp. power supply circuit
switched to • Fan control amp. control signal circuit
OFF. • Fan control amp.
• A/C amp. M
• Blower motor
• Power transistor
• Power transistor power supply or N
ground circuits
Blower motor does not operates or operation speed is • Blower motor control or ground cir-
not normal. (for China) cuits
• Power transistor control signal cir- O
cuits
• Blower motor feedback signal circuits
• A/C amp.
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-235 T32

 MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
Symptom Corresponding malfunction part Check item/Reference
• Magnet clutch
• Magnet clutch power supply circuit
• Magnet clutch ground circuit
• IPDM E/R (A/C relay)
Compressor does not operate. • The circuit between ECM and refrig- HAC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure"
erant pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• ECM
• A/C amp.
• Magnet clutch control system
• Drive belt slipping
• Insufficient cooling
• Cooler cycle HAC-237, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
• ECV (Electrical control valve)
• Air leakage from each duct
• Engine cooling system
• Heater hose
• Insufficient heating • Heater core
HAC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure"
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.) • Air leakage from each duct
• PTC heater system (R9M engine
models)
Symptom table for noise
During compressor operation Cooler cycle
Noise is heard HA-30, "Symptom Table"
when the air • Mixing any foreign object in blower
conditioning op- Check blower motor.
motor
erates. During blower motor operation HAC-226, "Component Inspection
• Blower motor fan breakage
(Blower Motor)"
• Blower motor rotation inferiority

Revision: 2014 September HAC-236 T32

 INSUFFICIENT COOLING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
A
Description INFOID:0000000010623341

B
Symptom
• Insufficient cooling
• No cool air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623342

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per- D
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION
E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate fan control dial and operate blower fan.
3. Press A/C switch.
4. Check that A/C indicator turns ON. Check visually and by sound that compressor operates. F
5. Press A/C switch again.
6. Check that A/C indicator turns OFF. Check that compressor stops.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform diagnosis of “COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE” in “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”.
Refer to HAC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
2.CHECK DRIVE BELT
Check tension of drive belt. Refer to EM-24, "Inspection" (MR engine models), EM-174, "Inspection" (QR
engine models) or EM-309, "Inspection" (R9M engine models). HAC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust or replace drive belt depending on the inspection results. J

3.CHECK REFRIGERANT CYCLE PRESSURE

Connect recovery/recycling recharging equipment to the vehicle and perform pressure inspection with gauge. K
Refer to HA-28, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
4.CHECK ECV
M
Perform ECV circuit diagnosis. Refer to HAC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for leakage. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results. P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-237 T32

 INSUFFICIENT HEATING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Description INFOID:0000000010623343

Symptom
• Insufficient heating
• No warm air comes out. (Air flow volume is normal.)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623344

NOTE:
Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis.
1.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM
1. Check engine coolant level and check for leakage. Refer to CO-13, "Inspection" (MR engine models), CO-
39, "Inspection" (QR engine models) or CO-64, "Inspection" (R9M engine models).
2. Check radiator cap or reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-16, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" (MR engine
models), CO-42, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection" (QR engine models) or CO-68, "Inspection" (R9M engine
models).
3. Check water flow sounds of the engine coolant. Refer to CO-14, "Refilling" (MR engine models), CO-40,
"Refilling" (QR engine models) or CO-65, "Refilling" (R9M engine models).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refill engine coolant and repair or replace the parts depending on the inspection results.
2.CHECK HEATER HOSE
Check installation of heater hose by visually or touching.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
3.CHECK HEATER CORE
1. Check temperature of inlet hose and outlet hose of heater core.
2. Check that inlet side of heater core is hot and the outlet side is slightly lower than/almost equal to the inlet
side.
CAUTION:
Always perform the temperature inspection in a short period of time because the engine coolant
temperature is very hot.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace heater core. Refer to HA-61, "HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK AIR LEAKAGE FROM EACH DUCT
Check duct and nozzle, etc. of the air conditioning system for air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> R9M engine models: GO TO 5.
YES-2 >> Except R9M engine models: INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.
5.CHECK PTC HEATER
Perform PTC heater diagnosis. Refer to HAC-232, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace parts depending on the inspection results.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-238 T32

 COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
COMPRESSOR DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000010623345

SYMPTOM B
Compressor does not operate.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010623346
C
NOTE:
• Perform self-diagnoses with CONSULT before performing symptom diagnosis. If any DTC is detected, per-
form the corresponding diagnosis. D
• Check that refrigerant is enclosed in cooler cycle normally. If refrigerant amount is shortage from proper
amount, perform the inspection of refrigerant leakage.
1.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION E
Check magnet clutch. Refer to HAC-228, "Component Function Check".
Does it operate normally?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR G
Check refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to EC-405, "Diagnosis Procedure" (MR engine models), EC-801,
"Diagnosis Procedure" (QR engine models) or EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure" (R9M engine models).
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL HAC

With CONSULT-
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Select “AIR COND SIG” and “HEATER FAN SW”, and check status under the following conditions. J

Monitor item Condition Status

K
OFF (A/C indicator: OFF) Off
AIR COND SIG A/C switch
ON (A/C indicator: ON) On
OFF Off L
HEATER FAN SW Blower motor
ON On
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-61, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace A/C amp. Refer to HAC-240, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-239 T32

 A/C CONTROL (A/C AMP.)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

A/C CONTROL (A/C AMP.)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623347

Refer to the following.

• Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View". (For CHINA)
• Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623348

REMOVAL
1. Disengage fixing metal clips and pawls, and then remove A/C
control from instrument panel assembly according to numerical
order 1→2 indicated by arrows as shown in the figure.

: Pawl
: Metal clip

JMIIA3390ZZ

2. Disconnect harness connectors.

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-240 T32

 AMBIENT SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
AMBIENT SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010656629

REMOVAL B
1. Remove front bumper fascia assembly. Refer to EXT-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector .
C
: Pawl

3. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove ambient sensor. D

JMIIA3393ZZ
F
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
G

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-241 T32

 INTAKE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
INTAKE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623350

Refer to HA-52, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623351

REMOVAL
Except for CHINA
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower cover LH: Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (LHD models)
• Glove box cover: Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (RHD models)
2. Turn intake sensor clockwise, and then remove intake sensor
from A/C unit assembly.
3. Disconnect harness connector from intake sensor.
CAUTION:
If disconnect harness connector from intake sensor,
replace intake sensor with a new one.

JMIIA3398ZZ

For CHINA
1. Remove instrument lower cover LH. Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector from intake sensor.
3. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove intake sensor.

: Pawl

JMIIA3607ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the order of removal.
CAUTION:
If disconnect harness connector from intake sensor, replace intake sensor with a new one. (for Austra-
lia)

Revision: 2014 September HAC-242 T32

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623352

Refer to HA-47, "Exploded View". B

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623353

REMOVAL C
Refer to HA-50, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
D
Install in the reverse order of removal.

HAC

Revision: 2014 September HAC-243 T32

 PTC HEATER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
PTC HEATER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011504410

REMOVAL
1. Remove glove box cover or instrument lower cover RH. Refer to the following.
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Instrument lower cover RH (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
2. Disconnect PTC heater connector.
3. Remove fixing screws , and then remove PTC heater from A/
C unit assembly.

JMIIA3532ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-244 T32

 POWER TRANSISTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
POWER TRANSISTOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623354

REMOVAL B
1. Remove brake pedal assembly mounting nuts. Refer to BR-25, "Exploded View".
2. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove intake box cover
according to numerical order 1→2 indicated by arrows as shown C
in the figure.

: Pawl D

JMIIA3605ZZ
F
3. Disengage fixing pawls, and then remove power tansister from intake box upper case according to
numerical order 1→3 indicated by arrows as shown in the figure.
G

HAC

JMIIA3606ZZ

J
: Pawl
: Vehicle front
K
4. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. L

Revision: 2014 September HAC-245 T32

 FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623355

Refer to HA-52, "Exploded View".

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623356

REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower panel LH: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation".(For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel LH (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
• Glove box cover (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation".(Except for CHINA)
2. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
3. Remove fixing screws , and then remove fan control amplifier.

JMIIA3400ZZ

INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: 2014 September HAC-246 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
DOOR MOTOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010623357

EXCEPT FOR CHINA B

LEFT SIDE
C

HAC

JMIIA3368GB J

A/C unit assembly Intake door lever Intake door link

Intake door motor Air mix door motor LH K

Revision: 2014 September HAC-247 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
RIGHT SIDE

JMIIA3367GB

A/C unit assembly Side ventilator door lever Foot door lever
Foot door link Main link Air mix door lever
Air mix door rod Air mix door motor lever Air mix door motor RH
Mode door link Mode door motor Mode door lever

: Indicates that the part is connected at pints with same symbol in actual vehicle.

FOR CHINA

Revision: 2014 September HAC-248 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]

H
JMIIA3608ZZ

A/C unit assembly Intake door motor Rear ventilator door link
HAC
Mode door link Mode door lod Mode door lever
Mode door motor Air mix door motor RH
: Vehicle front J

AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR

AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623358
K

REMOVAL
L
Air Mix Door Motor RH
1. Set the temperature at 32°C (90°F).
CAUTION: M
Always perform the above procedure when removing air mix door motor. Otherwise, air mix door
may interfere in A/C unit assembly may be damaged.
2. Remove instrument upper panel assist, instrument lower panel RH or glove box cover. Refer to the follow-
N
ing.
• Instrument upper panel assist: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel RH (RHD models): IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) O
3. Remove foot duct RH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect air mix door motor harness connector.
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-249 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
5. Remove fixing screws , and then remove air mix door motor
RH. (Except for CHINA)

JMIIA3397ZZ

6. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove air mix door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated
by arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)

JMIIA3610ZZ

Air Mix Door Motor LH

1. Set the temperature at 18°C (64°F).
CAUTION:
Always perform the above procedure when removing air mix door motor. Otherwise, air mix door
may interfere in A/C unit assembly may be damaged.
2. Remove instrument lower panel LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower panel LH: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel LH (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
• Glove box cover (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
3. Remove foot duct LH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
4. Disconnect air mix door motor harness connector.
5. Remove fixing screws , and then remove air mix door motor
LH.

JMIIA3395ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installing door motor, perform door motor starting position. Refer to HAC-203, "Work Proce-
dure".

INTAKE DOOR MOTOR

Revision: 2014 September HAC-250 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623359

A
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH or glove box cover. Refer to the following.
• Instrument lower panel LH: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA) B
• Instrument lower panel LH (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for
CHINA)
• Glove box cover (RHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) C
2. Disconnect intake door motor harness connector.
3. Remove fixing screws , and then remove intake door motor.
(Except for CHINA) D

JMIIA3394ZZ

G
4. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove intake door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated by
arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)
H

HAC

JMIIA3609ZZ

INSTALLATION K
Install in the reverse order of removal.

L
MODE DOOR MOTOR
MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010623360
M
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument upper panel assist, instrument lower panel RH or glove box cover. Refer to the follow-
ing. N
• Instrument upper panel assist: Refer to IP-15, "Removal and Installation". (For CHINA)
• Instrument lower panel RH (RHD models): IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA)
• Glove box cover (LHD models): Refer to IP-46, "Removal and Installation". (Except for CHINA) O
2. Remove foot duct RH. Refer to VTL-14, "FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect mode door motor harness connector.
P

Revision: 2014 September HAC-251 T32

 DOOR MOTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING]
4. Remove fixing screws , and then remove mode door motor.
(Except for CHINA)

JMIIA3396ZZ

5. Disconnect mode door lever from mode door motor. (For CHINA)
6. Disengage fixing pawl, and then remove mode door motor according to numerical order 1→3 indicated by
arrows as shown in the figure. (For CHINA)

JMIIA3611ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the following item, and then install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installing door motor, perform door motor starting position. Refer to HAC-203, "Work Proce-
dure".

Revision: 2014 September HAC-252 T32